Centurion University of Technology and

Management Odisha

B.Tech. in Electrical and Electronics Engineering

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS

BASKET – I, II, III, IV & V

School of Engineering & Technology

2022
 Index
Basket - I
Course Code
Course Title Page No
CUTM1001 Differential Equations and Linear Algebra 6

CUTM1002 Laplace & Fourier Transforms 9

CUTM1003 Complex Analysis & Numerical Methods 11

CUTM1004 Discrete Mathematics 14

CUTM1005 Probability & Statistics 17

CUTM1925 Calculus 20

CUTM1006 Mechanics for Engineers 22

CUTM1007 Optics and Optical Fibres 24

CUTM1008 Applied Analytical Chemistry 27

CUTM1009 Applied Engineering Materials 29
CUTM1010 Environmental Studies 32

Basket - II
Course Code
Course Title Page No
CUTM1011 Optimisation Techniques 36

CUTM1012 Engineering Economics and Costing 38

CUTM1013 Project Management 40

CUTM1014 Gender, Human Rights and Ethics 42

CUTM1015 Climate Change, Sustainability and Organisation 47

CUTM1016 Job Readiness 51

 Basket - III
Course Code
Course Title Page No
CUTM1017 Industrial IOT and Automation 58

CUTM1018 Data Analysis and Visualisation using Python 61

CUTM1019 Machine Learning using Python 63

CUTM1020 Robotic automation with ROS and C++ 65

CUTM1021 Basics of Design Thinking 68

CUTM1022 System Integration with DYMOLA 70

CUTM1023 Smart Engineering Project (G2M) 75

Basket - IV
Course Code
Course Title Page No
CUTM1602 Programming in C 80

CUTM1603 Data Structures 82

CUTM1030 Advanced Web Programming 86

CUTM1031 Java Technologies 91

CUTM1039 Embedded System Design Using ARM Cortex 105

CUTM1040 VLSI Design 108

CUTM1042 Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Line 111

CUTM1043 Network Analysis 114

CUTM1051 Energy Production & Transmission 117

CUTM1052 Substation Switch gear & Protection 120

CUTM1053 System Modeling and Control 123

CUTM1054 Electrical Machines Operation and Control 125

CUTM1055 Industrial Power Electronics 128

CUTM1056 Digital Measurement and Instrumentation 131

CUTM1057 Basic Electrical Engineering 134

Basket – V (Domain)
Domain Title Page No
Renewable Energy Applications 139
Operation and Maintenance of Electrical Grid System & 149
Transformers

Industrial Automation 153

Embedded System Design 156

Communication Systems Domain 159

Chip Design and Fabrication Using VLSI 164

GTM – Domain 167
Automobile Engineering 175
Manufacturing (Conventional, CNC and Additive) 184
Welding and Inspection 191
Computational Fluid Dynamics 197
Composite Design and Manufacturing 203
Architectural and Structural Design 209
Aerial Surveying and Remote Sensing Applications 214
Construction Planning, Monitoring And Project Management 223
Data Science and Machine Learning 232
Software Technology 239
Cloud Technology 243
Cyber Security 250
Gaming and Immersive Learning (AR & VR) 254

Basket – V (Elective)
Domain Title Page No
Software Testing and Test Automation (Elective) 260
Power System Operation & Control(Elective) 263
Programme Objectives; Job/Higher studies/Entrepreneurship

POs: Engineering Graduates will be able to;

PO Outcomes

Engineering knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science,

PO1 engineering fundamentals, and electrical engineering to the solution of
engineering problems

Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review literature and analyze Electrical

PO2 and Electronics Engineering problems to design, conduct experiments, analyze
data and interpret data

Design /development of solutions: Design solution for Electrical and

Electronics Engineering problems and design system component of processes
PO3 that meet the desired needs with appropriate consideration for the public
health and safety, and the cultural, societal and the environmental
considerations

Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research based knowledge

and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
PO4
interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions in Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,

resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and
PO5
modelling to Electrical and Electronics Engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations

The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual

knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
PO6
consequent responsibilities relevant to Electrical and Electronics Engineering
practice

Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the Electrical and

PO7 Electronics Engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and
demonstrate the knowledge and need for sustainable development

Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

PO8 responsibilities and norms of the Electrical and Electronics Engineering
practice

1|Page
 Individual and team work: Function affectively as an individual, and as a
PO9 member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings in
Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

with the engineering committee and with society at large, such as, being able
PO10
to comprehend and write affective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations in Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Project Management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge & understanding of

the Electrical and Electronics engineering principles and management
PO11 principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a
team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments in Electrical
and Electronics Engineering

Life- long learning: Recognize the need for, and the preparation and ability to
PO12 engage in independent research and lifelong learning in the broadest contest of
technological changes in Electrical and Electronics Engineering

PEOs/PSOs

PSO1. Graduates can use their skills gained in the domain to work in Industrial
Automation/Transformer Manufacturing/Distribution of Power/Renewable Energy.

PSO2. Demonstrate proficiency in use of software & hardware to be required to practice

Electrical Engineering profession.

PSO3. Graduates will able to qualify GATE and other PSU examinations.

2|Page
Course
Attributes
Outcomes
CO1 Knowledge

CO2 Analytical skill and Critical Thinking

CO3 Problem Solving and Decision taking ability

CO4 Use of Tool, Design and Development (Hands-on/Technical skill)

CO5 Research

CO6 Environment and Sustainability

CO7 Ethics & Team work

CO8 Soft skill

3|Page
 Course Structure

Basket - I

Course
Course
Course Title Credits Type
Code
T+P+PJ
CUTM1001 Differential Equations and Linear Algebra 3 2+0+1

CUTM1002 Laplace & Fourier Transforms 3 2+0+1

CUTM1003 Complex Analysis & Numerical Methods 3 2+0+1

CUTM1004 Discrete Mathematics 3 2+0+1

CUTM1005 Probability & Statistics 3 2+0+1

CUTM1925 Calculus 3 2+0+1

CUTM1006 Mechanics for Engineers 3 2+1+0

CUTM1007 Optics and Optical Fibres 3 2+1+0

CUTM1008 Applied Analytical Chemistry 3 2+1+0

CUTM1009 Applied Engineering Materials 3 2+0+1
CUTM1010 Environmental Studies 2 0+0+2

5|Page
 Differential Equations and Linear Algebra

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1001 Differential Equations and Linear 3 2-0-1
Algebra

Course Objectives

 Introduce students to how to solve linear Differential Equations with different

methods.
 To solve the system of linear equations appearing in the problems of electrical
engineering, mechanical engineering etc.
 To use Eigen values and Eigen vectors in Control theory, vibration analysis, electric
circuits, advanced dynamics problems.
 Introduce students how to solve first order and second order differential equations

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

Understanding and knowledge is the

CO1 importance of linear functions in PO1 (3)
mathematics.

Learn fundamental and analytical

concepts of ODE theories where and
CO2 PO1(3)
how such equations arise in applications
to scientific and engineering problems.

Solving systems of linear equations

CO3 using Gauss- elimination to reduce to PO1(2), PO2(3)
echelon form.

COURSE CONTENT
Module-I

First order linear differential equations and its applications (Kirchhoff’s law)

Project-1: Some applications of differential equations in RL electrical circuit problems

6|Page
Module-II:

Second order linear homogeneous differential equations (Real roots, Real equal roots, Complex
conjugate roots) and its applications.

Project-2: RLC Circuit, Pendulum

Module-III:

Second order linear non-homogeneous differential equations, finding particular integral

consisting of exponential, trigonometric functions (Sine, cosine) using inverse operator method

Project-3: Simple mass-spring system, Damped vibration system

Module-IV:

Basic concepts of a matrices, solution of linear system of equations by Gauss elimination

method, linearly independent and dependent of a vectors, rank of a matrix.

Project-4
Report on finding the traffic flow in the net of one-way streets

Module-V:

Determinants and Cramer’s Rule, Fundamental theorem of linear system of equations.

Module-VI:

Eigenvalues and Eigen vectors of a matrix

Project-5

(i)Find the limit states of the Markov process model.

(ii)Find the growth rate in the Leslie model

Module-VII:

Symmetric, Skew-Symmetric , Orthogonal Matrices and Properties

Project-6

To make a report to show that the product of two orthogonal matrices is orthogonal, and so is
the inverse of an orthogonal matrix. What does this mean in terms of rotations?

Text Books:

1. Advancedengineeringmathematics by Erwin Kreyszig, 8th edition Chapter-6 (6.1-6.6),

Chapter-7 (7.1,7.2)

7|Page
 2. Higher Engineering by B.V. Ramana Chapter-8(8.1,8.2,8.21), Chapter-9 (9.2,9.3,9.5)

Reference Books:

1. J. Sinha Roy and S. Padhy, A Course of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations,
Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
2. G.B. Thomas, M.D. Weir, J.R. Hass, Thomas’ Calculus, Pearson Publication.
3. R.G. Bartle, D.R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, Wiley Publication

8|Page
 Laplace and Fourier Transform

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1002 Laplace and Fourier Transform 3 2-0-1

Course Objectives

 To describe the ideas of Fourier and Laplace Transforms and indicate their
applications in the fields such as application of PDE, Digital Signal Processing,
Image Processing, Theory of wave equations, Differential Equations and many
others.
 To use Fourier series for solving boundary value problems appearing in scientific &
engineering problems.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Solve differential equations with

CO1 initial conditions or knowledge using PO1 (3)
Laplace transform.

Solving the Fourier transform of a

CO2 continuous function and being familiar PO2(3)
with its basic properties.

COURSE CONTENT
Module-I (T-3-Pj-2)
Laplace Transforms, Properties of Laplace transforms, Unit step function.

Project-1

Make a short draft of properties of Laplace transform from memory. Then compare your notes
with the text and write a report of 2-3 pages on these operations and their significance in
applications.

Module-II (T-2-Pj-2)
Second shifting theorem, Laplace transforms of Derivatives and Integrals
Project-2

Find the Laplace transform of the following functions

Module-III (T-3-Pj-2)
Derivatives and Integrals of Transforms, Inverse Laplace transform.

9|Page
Project 3:

Application of Unit step function (RC- Circuit to a single square wave).

Module- IV (T-2-Pj-2)
Solution of Differential Equation by using Laplace Transform.
Project 4: Find the solution of differential equation by using Laplace Transform.

Module-V (T-4-Pj-2)
Periodic function, Fourier series, Fourier series expansion of an arbitrary period,Half range
expansions.

Project-5

Find the Fourier series expansion of a 2-pi periodic function.

Module-VI(T-3-Pj-2)
Complex form of Fourier series, Fourier Integrals, Different forms of Fourier Integral.

Project-6

Find the Fourier sine and cosine integral of the following functions.

Module-VII(T-3)
Fourier Transforms, Fourier sine and cosine Transforms.

Text Books:

1. E. Kreyszig , Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Johnwilley& Sons Inc-8th

Edition.Chapters:5(5.1 to 5.4(without Dirac's delta function ) ),10(10.1,10.4 and 10.7-
10.9(definitions only , no proofs))
2. Highjer Engineering Mathematics by B.V.Ramana, Tata McGraw-Hill Education India,
Inc-8th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by P.V.O’ Neil Publisher: Thomson

2. Mathematical Methods by Potter & Goldberg ; Publisher: PHI

10 | P a g e
 Complex Analysis and Numerical Methods

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1003 Complex Analysis and Numerical 3 2-0-1
Methods

Course Objectives

 To understand about Complex variables and complex functions.

 To acquire the skill of evaluating contour integrals using Cauchy's integral formula
and Cauchy's integral theorem.
 To understand the limitations of analytical methods and the need for numerical
methods and the ability to apply these numerical methods to obtain the approximate
solutions to engineering and mathematical problems.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with

COs Course Outcomes POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)

Derive a variety of numerical methods for finding

out solutions of various mathematical problems
CO1 arising in roots of linear and non-linear equations, PO2(3)
Solving differential equations with initial conditions
and Evaluating real definite integrals.

To get equipped with the understanding of the

analytical and fundamental concepts of functions of
CO2 a complex variable along with the concepts of PO1 (3)
analyticity, Cauchy-Riemann relations and
harmonic functions.

Solving complex contour integrals applying the

CO3 PO2(3), PO1(2)
Cauchy integral theorem, Cauchy integral formula.

COURSE OUTLINE

Module I (T-3 hrs-P-0-hrs-P-0 hrs)

Functions of a complex variable, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations (Without
Proof), Harmonic and Conjugate harmonic functions, Cauchy’s Integral Theorem (Without
Proof).
Project-1: Verification of Cauchy-Riemann equations for complex functions in Cartesian
form and Polar form

11 | P a g e
Module II (T-3 hrs-P-0 hrs-P-2 hrs)

Cauchy’s Integral Formula (Without Proof), Cauchy’s Integral Formula for higher order
derivatives (Without Proof), Taylor series.
Project-2: Evaluation of contour integrals using Cauchy’s Integral Formula

Module III (T-4 hrs-P-0 hrs-P-2 hrs)

Laurent series (Without Proof), Pole, Residue, Residue Theorem (Without Proof), Evaluation
of Real integral Type-I.

Module IV (T-2 hrs-P-0 hrs-P-2 hrs)

Interpolation, Lagrange interpolation polynomial.

Project-3: Finding out the value of a given function at an interior point on an unequal interval
using Lagrange interpolation polynomial
Module V (T-3 hrs-P-0 hrs-P-2 hrs)
Forward and backward difference operators, Newton’s forward and backward difference
Interpolation formulae.
Project-4: Finding out the value of a given function at an interior point on an equal interval
using Newton’s forward and backward difference interpolation formulae
Module VI (T-2 hrs-P-0 hrs-P 2 hrs)
Numerical Integration, Trapizoidal rule, Simpson’s one third rule.
Project-5: Evaluation of real definite integrals using Trapizoidal rule and Simpson’s one third
rule
Module VII (T-3 hrs-P-0 hrs-P-2 hrs)
Runge-Kutta 2nd & 4th order methods.
Project-6: Finding out Numerical solutions of differential equations using Runge-Kutta 2 nd&
4th order methods
Text Book:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by E. Kreyszig Publisher: Johnwilley & Sons Inc-
8th Edition Chapters: 12 (12.3, 12.4), 13 (13.2 to 13.4), 14.4, 15 (15.1 to 15.4 Only
Type-I integral), 17 (17.3, 17.5), 19 (19.1).
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by P.V. O’Neil Publisher: Thomson

12 | P a g e
2. Fundamentals of Complex Analysis (with Applications to Engineering and Science) by
E.B. Saff & A.D. Snider Publisher: Pearson
3. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation by M. K. Jain, S. R.
K. Iyengar & R.K. Jain; New Age International Publishers.
4. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis by S.S. Sastry; Third Edition, Prentice
Hall India.

13 | P a g e
 Discrete Mathematics
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1004 Discrete Mathematics 3 2-0-1

Course Objectives

 To understand mathematical reasoning in order to read, comprehend and

construct Mathematical arguments as well as to solve problems, occurred in the
development of programming languages
 To work with discrete structures such as graphs to study the structure of the world
wide web, to model a computer network and to find the shortest path between two
places in a transportation network

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

Apply Knowledge of mathematics in

CO1 truth tables and the rules of PO1(2)
propositional and predicate calculus

Apply the logical and analytical

structure of proofs and work
CO2 symbolically with connectives and PO1 (3)
quantifiers to produce logically valid,
correct and clear arguments.

Solving elementary mathematical

CO3 arguments and identify fallacious PO1(3) , PO2(3)
reasoning

COURSE OUTLINE
Module -I (4Hours)
Propositional Logic, Connectives, Truth tables of compound propositions, Propositional
Equivalence.
Project 1: Given the truth values of the propositions p and q, find the truth values of the
conjunction, disjunction, implication, bi-implication, converse, contrapositive and inverse.
Module -II (3Hours)
Theory of inference, Predicates and Quantifiers, Rules of Inference.

14 | P a g e
Project 2: Build valid arguments of a given set of propositional logics and quantified
statements using rules of inferences.
Module -III (3 Hours)
Relations and its properties, Partial Ordering, POSET, Totally Ordered Set.
Project 3: Define the properties of a relation on a set using the matrix representation of
that relation with examples.
Module -IV (3Hours)
Hasse Diagram, Maximal & Minimal Elements of a Poset, Greatest& Least Elements of a
Poset, Supremum & Infimum of a Poset, Lattice.
Project 4: Find a Topological Sort of a Poset.
Module -V (3 Hours)
Introduction to Graph Theory, Graph Terminology and Special types of Graphs,
Representation of Graphs.
Project 5: Describe how some special types of graphs such as bipartite, complete bipartite
graphs are used in Job Assignment, Model, Local Area Networks and Parallel Processing.
Module -VI (3 Hours)
Graph Isomorphism, Connectivity, Euler and Hamiltonian Graphs, Planar Graphs, Graph
Coloring.
Project 6(i): Describe the scheduling of semester examination at a University and
Frequency Assignments using Graph Colouring with examples. Find also their Chromatic
numbers.
Project 6(ii): List out 10 pairs of Non-isomorphic graphs and explain the reason behind it.
Project 6(iii): List out all features of Euler and Hamiltonian Graphs. Justify whether the
given set of graphs are Euler and Hamiltonian. Construct a Gray Code where the code
words are bit strings of length three.
Module -VII (4 Hours)
Trees and their Properties, Spanning Trees, Minimum Spanning Trees, Kruskal’s
Algorithm.
Project 7: Find a minimum spanning tree in a given weighted graph using Kruskal’s
Algorithm.

15 | P a g e
Text Books:

1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications by K.H.Rosen, Publisher: TMH, Sixth

Edition, 2009. Chapters: 1(1.1 ,1.2,1.3, 1.5); 7(7.1,7.6); 8(8.1 to8.5, 8.7,
8.8);9(9.1,9.4,9.5).
Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science, J. P.
Trembkay,
2. R. Manohar, Tata MC Graw – Hill Edition 38th reprint, 2010.
3. Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics by R.P.Grimaldi Publisher: Pearson, 5th
Edition,
2003.
4. Discrete Mathematics and Applications by Thomas Koshy Publisher: Elsevier, 2004.
5. Discrete Mathematical Structures by B. Kolman, R.C. Busby & S. Ross Publisher: PHI,
5th Edition, 2003

16 | P a g e
 Probability and Statistics
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1005 Probability and Statistics 3 2-0-1

Course Objectives

 To translate real-world problems into probability models.

 To motivate students in an intrinsic interest in statistical thinking.
 To recognize the role and application of probability theory, descriptive and inferential
statistics in many different fields of science and engineering.
 To apply probability and statistics in engineering and science like disease modelling,
climate prediction and computer networks etc.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

Define and illustrate the concepts of

sample space, events and compute the
CO1 PO1 (3)
probability and conditional probability
of events with knowledge.

Define, illustrate and apply the concept

of the expectation to the mean, variance
CO2 PO1(3)
and covariance of random analytical
and critical variables.

Solving probabilities based on practical

CO3 situations using the Binomial, Poisson PO2(3)
and taking normal distributions.

COURSE CONTENT

Module I:(3 hrs+2 hrs)

Sample spaces and events; axiomatic definition of probability; Axioms of Probabilities.

Project-1

A Report on Application of probability to control the flow of traffic through a highway system,
a telephone interchange, or a computer processor

17 | P a g e
Module II:(3 hrs +2 hrs)

Mutually Exclusive Events, Dependent and Independent Events. Conditional Probability

Project-2

A Report on Dependent and Independent Events with Examples

Module III:(3 hrs +2 hrs)

Discrete random variables and probability distributions, Continuous random variables and
probability

distributions , Mean ,Variance and Moment Generating Function of Distributions

Project-3

Application of random variables in Engineering Field

Module IV:(3 hrs +2 hrs)

Uniform Distribution, Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution

Project-4

Applications of Poisson distribution

Module V:(3 hrs +2 hrs)

Normal Distribution, Working with Normal Tables, Normal Approximation to the Binomial
Distributions

Project-5

Normal Distribution utilized in statistics, business settings, and government entities.

Module VI:(3 hrs)

Statistics: Random Sampling, Population and Sample, Sample Mean and Variances, Point and
Interval Estimations, Confidence Intervals

Module VII:(3 hrs +2 hrs)

Regression and Correlation Analysis: Correlation Coefficient, Co-variance independent

random variables, linear regression of two variables

Project-6

Uses of Regression and Correlation Analysis in Business

18 | P a g e
Text Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by E. Kreyszig Publisher: John Willey & Sons Inc-8th
Edition

Reference Books:
1. Statistical Methods by S.P. Gupta (31st Edition); Publisher: Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Mathematical Statistics by S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapur (10th Edition); Publisher: Sultan
Chand & Sons.

19 | P a g e
 Calculus
Code Course Title T-P-PJ Prerequisite
CUTM1925 Calculus 2-0-1

Course Objectives

 To apply the concepts of derivative to find curvature and radius of curvature of a

curve.
 To apply concepts of Vector Calculus to the problems related to models in work,
circulation and flux Problems, hydrodynamics and fluid dynamics etc.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

knowledge in transforming double

CO1 integral to line integrals, triple integrals PO2(3)
to surface integrals, surface integrals to
line integrals and vice versa.

Determine the important analytical

CO2 quantities associated with scalar and PO1(3)
vector fields.

Solving line integral, double integral

and applying these knowledge to find
CO3 out work done by a force, volume of PO1(2)
regions in space, center of gravity of a
mass etc.

COURSE CONTENT

Module-I(3hr+0hr+2hr)

Curvature and Radius of curvature in Cartesian form.

Project 1: To find radius of curvature (Parametric form)
Module-II(2hr+0hr+4hr)
Vector algebra: Algebraic operations, Scalar product, Inner product, Vector product, Scalar
and vector triple product.
Project 2: Problems based on inner product, scalar and vector triple products.

20 | P a g e
Project 3: To find angle between two vectors, area of triangle and parallelogram, volume of
parallelepiped and tetrahedron using vector algebra.
Module III(2hr+0hr+4hr)
Gradient of scalar point function, Directional derivatives, Divergence and curl of vector point
functions, second order differential operator: The Laplacian operator.
Project 4: To prove the identities with regards to Gradient, Divergence and Curl.
Project 5: To find normal vector to a plane using Gradient of scalar point function.
Module-IV: (3hr+0hr+0hr)
Line Integrals (path dependence and path independence), double integrals.
Module-V: (3hr+0hr+0hr)
Surface Integrals, Triple Integrals
Module-VI: (4hr+0hr+2hr)
Green’s and Gauss’s Theorems (without proof) and their applications to evaluate the integrals.
Project 6: To find center of gravity and moments of inertia of a mass density
Module-VII: (3hr+0hr+0hr)
Stokes’ Theorem (without proof) and its applications to evaluate the integrals.
Text Books:
1. A Text book of Calculus Part – II by Shanti Narayan, Publisher: S. Chand & Company
Ltd. Chapters: 8 (Art. 24, 25 (only for Cartesian and parametric curves)).
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by E. Kreyszig, Publisher: John Willey & Sons Inc.
8th Edition Chapters: 8 (8.1 to 8.3, 8.9 to8.11), 9 (9.1 to 9.7, 9.9).

21 | P a g e
 Mechanics for Engineers
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1006 Mechanics for Engineers 3 2-1-0

Course Objectives

 To provide the students with a clear and thorough understanding on fundamentals of

mechanics as applied to solve real-world problems.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Students will gain the knowledge on
application of mechanics, will be able to
construct free body diagrams and calculate
CO1 PO1(3)
the reactions necessary to ensure static
equilibrium.

Students will be able to think and analyse the

frictional forces involved in planes and the
CO2 PO1 (3)
effect of friction in static and dynamic
conditions.
Students will be able to solve different
CO3 PO2 (2), PO3(2)
problems of kinematics and kinetics.
Students will learn to handle different tools
CO4 PO5(1)
and instruments used in mechanics.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: Force and Moment (4 Hrs. + 2 Hrs. practices)

Law of Transmissibility of a Force, Composition and Resolution of Forces, Resultant and

Equilibrant, Resultant of Two and Several Forces, Moment of a Force and a Couple,
Varignon’s Principle of Moment

Practice-1: Verification of laws of parallelogram law of forces

Module II: Equilibrium (3 Hrs. + 2 Hrs. practice)

System Isolation and Free Body Diagram, Particle Equilibrium, Lami’s theorem, General
Conditions of Equilibrium, Types of Supports and Support Reactions, Rigid Body Equilibrium.

22 | P a g e
Practice-2: To verify the condition of equilibrium by finding reactions at the support of a beam

Module III: Friction (2 Hrs. + 2 Hrs. practice)

Basic Terms used in Dry Friction, Laws of Coulomb Friction, Equilibrium of Bodies on a
Inclined Plane, Ladder Friction, Belt Friction

Practice-3: Determination of Angle of Repose

Module IV: Centroid (2 Hrs.)

Axis of Symmetry, Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes, Centroid of Composite Section.

Module V: Moment of Inertia (3 Hrs. + 2 Hrs. practice)

Rectangular and Polar Moment of Inertia, Radius of Gyration, Parallel Axis Theorem and
Perpendicular Axis Theorem, Moment of Inertia of Composite Section

Practice-4: Determination of Moment of Inertia of a fly wheel.

Module VI: Kinematics of Linear Motion (3 Hrs.)

Kinematics of a Particle, Uniform and Variable Acceleration, Motion under Gravity

Module VII: Kinetics of Linear Motion (3 Hrs. + 4 Hrs. Practice)

Principles of Dynamics such as Newton’s Second Law, Work-Energy Principle, Impulse-

Momentum Principle, Law of Conservation Law of Momentum and Energy

Practice-5: Verification of Newton’s second law of motion.

Practice-6: Verification of conservation of momentum in collision.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics; Statics and Dynamics by A. K. Tayal, Umesh Publications

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics by S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young and J.V. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Engineering Mechanics by D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria and Sons.

23 | P a g e
 Optics and Optical Fibres

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1007 Optics and Optical Fibres 3 2-1-0

Course Objectives

 To train the students for the applications of the solar cell, laser and optical Fibre in
the field of engineering and technology.
 To learn and practice the techniques used by optical phenomena so that these can be
applied to actual field studies.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2,
Low-1)

Students will gain knowledge on optical

phenomena, different light sources and their
CO1 PO1(2)
uses, solar cell, laser, optical Fibre and
instrumentation involved.

Students will develop the understanding and

CO2 analysis of the applications of Optical fibres PO1 (3)
and Lasers.

Students will learn to solve problems on

CO3 PO2 (2), PO3(2)
various optical phenomena.

Students will learn to handle different tools

CO4 PO5(1)
and instruments used in optical experiments.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: Reflection and Refraction (Derivation is not required) (3hours +2hours)
Reflection at plane surface, reflection at spherical mirrors,
Paraxial rays and approximation. Sign convention, Location of the image formation, Spherical
mirror equation, Refraction, Total internal reflection, Dispersion by a prism, Refraction
through a prism.

Practice: 1
To determine the refractive index of a glass slab using a travelling microscope.

24 | P a g e
Module II: Lenses (Derivation is not required (2hours+2hours)
Definition, Types of Lenses, Terminology associated with the Lens, Sign Convention
Location of the image formation by graphical method for Lenses, Lens formula.
Practice: 2
To determine the dispersive power and Cauchy constants of the material of a prism using
mercury source.

Module III: Interference (Derivation is not required) (2hours+2hours)

Superposition principle, definition of Interference, Coherence, Young’s double slit experiment,
Newton’s rings theory- Determination of wavelength of light.
Practice: 3
Newton's Rings-Refractive index of liquid

Module IV: Diffraction and Polarization (Derivation is not required) (3hours+2hours)

Types of diffraction, Fraunhofer diffraction at a single sit, Diffraction at N-parallel slits (plane
diffraction grating) Polarisation, Types of polarized light and their representation, Brewster
Law. Malus Law, polarization by double refraction, polarimeter, Applications of polarized
light.
Practice: 4
To find the grating element of a plane transmission diffraction grating.

Module V: Optical Properties and Laser (3hours+2hours)

Scattering, refraction, reflection, absorption & transmission, Introduction to optoelectronics,
Concept of Light Emitting Diode, Stimulated and spontaneous emission, Basic principle of
Lasers, Population inversion, Laser Pumping, Different levels of laser system, Ruby Laser,
Applications of Lasers (Medicine, Metrology, Defences, Nuclear energy, in communication,
in consumer electronics industry)
Practice: 5
Wave length of LASER source by diffraction grating method

Module VI: Optical Fibres (3hours+1hours)

Introduction to Fibre optics, structure of optical Fibres, classification of optical Fibres on the
variation of refractive index, Classification of optical fibres on the variation of mode of
transmission/core diameter, Numerical Aperture, Acceptance angle. Principle of optical fibres
communication, optical communication (block diagram only),
Practice: 6
To find the numerical aperture of a given optic fibre and hence to find its acceptance angle.

Module VII: Optical Fibres (4hours+1hours)

Attenuation in optical fibres (Qualitative only-Scattering losses, Absorption losses, bending
loses) Fibre Materials-Glass fibres, Plastic fibres, Light sources for fibre optics

25 | P a g e
V-number of an optical fibre, optical fibre cables design, optical fibre connection, fibre splices,
fibre connectors. Application of optical fibres- Cable TV, Networking, Power companies,
Imaging, Sensors, Medical (Dental surgery, Endoscopy, Surgery)
Practice: 7
Measurement of bending loss.

Text Books:
1. A TextBook of Optics by M.N. Avadhanulu, BrijLal, N. Subrahmanyam, S Chand; 23rd
Rev. Edn. [Module I&II]
2. Engineering Physics, by D.Thirupathi Naidu, M.Veeranjaneyulu, V.G.S Book
links,2017.[Module-III,IV]
3. Principles of Engineering Physics-2 by Md.Khan, S.Panigrahi, Cambridge University
Press 2016. [module-V,VI&VII]
Reference Books:
1. Optics by AjoyGhatak, McGraw Hill Education; 6 edition, 2017.
2. Physics-I for engineering degree studentsbyB.B. Swain and P.K.Jena.
3. Concepts in Engineering Physics by I Md. N. Kha, 2016.

26 | P a g e
 Applied Analytical Chemistry

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1008 Applied Analytical 3 2-1-0

Chemistry

Course Objectives

 Explain fundamental principles for environmental analytical methods (titration,

electrochemistry, instrumentation and basic parameters of water, soil, fuel, etc)
 Point out suitable analytical techniques for analysing a specific compounds in an
environmental matrix

Course Outcomes:

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with

POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain Knowledge on various water softening
CO1 methods, soil analysis methods, fuels, electrochemical PO1 (3)
phenomena and error analysis
Analytical skill and Critical Thinking
CO2 PO2(3), PO5(1)

Use of Tool, Design and Development (Hands-

CO3 on/Technical skill) PO3(3)

Module-I(4Hrs)

Water analysis:

Water softening processes: Lime-Soda, Zeolite and Ion exchange methods. Removal of DO
and dissolved CO2 from water by De-aeration method, Desalination of Brackish water by
Reverse osmosis and electro dialysis process. Numerical on calculation of hardness of water,
Lime-Soda calculation, Alkalinity of water.
1. Determination of hardness of water by EDTA method. (V. lab)
2. Determination of alkalinity of water. (V. lab)
3. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen in water. (V. lab)
4. Determination of Biological Oxygen Demand. (V. lab)
5. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand. (V. lab)

27 | P a g e
Module-II(2Hrs)

Soil Analysis:

Soil profile, Structure, and properties, Determination of soil properties, Fertility of the soil.
6. Determination of specific gravity of the soil by using piknometer. (V.lab)
7. Determination of pH and electrical conductivity of soil sample.
8. Determination of moisture content in soil by oven drying method. (V. lab)

Module-III (4Hrs)

Fuel Chemistry-I:

Classification, combustion and chemical principles involved in fuel, calorific value: gross and
net calorific values and their determination by bomb calorimeter. Proximate and ultimate
analysis of coal and their importance. LPG, Water gas, producer gas, CNG.
9. Determination of calorific value of a fuel sample by using Bomb calorimeter. (V. lab)
10. Analysis of flue gases by Orsat’s apparatus.

Module-IV (3Hrs)

Fuel Chemistry-II

Petroleum: its chemical composition and fractional distillation, cracking of heavy oil residues
– thermal and catalytic cracking, knocking and chemical structure, octane number, synthesis
and applications of bio-fuels, Photovoltaic cell.
11. Synthesis of biodiesel by transesterification process

Module-V(3Hrs)

Corrosion-Mechanisms, Factors affecting Corrosion; Protection from corrosion.

12. Estimation of ferrous ion in the given solution using standard potassium dichromate.

Module-VI (2Hrs)

Electrochemical Phenomenon

Electrochemical cell, Electrode potential, Determination of pH of a solution Using Calomel/

Quin Hydrone Electrode.
Module-VII(2Hrs)
Error in Chemical analysis
Types of errors, Accuracy and precision, Absolute and relative uncertainty, mean and standard
deviation.

28 | P a g e
 Applied Engineering Material

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1009 Applied Engineering Material 3 2-0-1

Course Objectives

 To give an introduction to materials, ceramics, polymers, and electronic materials in

the context of a molecular level understanding and their application in various field

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

Able to gain Knowledge on various

CO1 materials used in the field of PO1 (3),
engineering and technology.
CO2 Analytical skill and Critical Thinking PO2(3), PO5(1)
Use of Tool, Design and Development
CO3 PO3(3)
(Hands-on/Technical skill)

CO4 Research PO4(3), PO5(1)

Course content

Module I: New Materials/Nanomaterials (5hrs)

Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: classification (Dimensionality, Morphology/

shape/structure of nano-entities, New Effect/ Phenomena). Hybrid nanomaterials. Effect of
size, structure, mechanism, and property on material performance. Applications of
nanomaterials in catalysis, telecommunication and medicine.

Project

29 | P a g e
Synthesis of TiO2 and ZnO nanoparticles by Sol Gel, Sonication and Precipitation method and
study their application.

Module II: Carbon Nanomaterials (5hrs)

Carbon nanomaterials, such as graphene, carbon nanotubes (CNTs), crystalline diamond, and
diamond-like carbon, Properties and application of fullerenes,

Project

Synthesis and Fabrication of Graphene and Graphene Oxide by sol-gel techniques

Module III: Polymer (5hrs)

Mechanism of polymerization and synthesis of polymers, Copolymerization, Viscoelasticity.

Elastomers-structure, conducting polymers and applications, Fabrication and moulding of
polymers, Synthesis, properties and uses PMMA, formaldehyde resins, melamine-
formaldehyde-urea resins

Project

Preparation of polystyrene by anionic/cationic/emulsion polymerization method

Module IV: Composites (5hrs)

Composites: characteristics, types and applications, Nanocomposites, Polymer/ Metal oxide

nanocomposites and its application

Project

Fabrication of Ceramic matrix particulate composite by powder metallurgy route.

Module V: Adhesives Lubricants (4hrs)

Adhesives, adhesive mechanism and applications, Lubricants-physical and chemical

properties, types and mechanism of lubrication. Additives of lubricants and freezing points of
lubricants

Module VI: Energy Storages material-I (4Hrs )

Fundamental aspects related to energy storage and conversion, lithium ion batteries, Lead acid
batteries; Nickel Cadmium batteries; advanced batteries

Module VII: Energy Storages material-II(4Hrs.)

Super capacitors, fuel cells and Photovoltaic, Future of battery technology

30 | P a g e
Project

Fabrication of Fuel cell and its application

Text Books:

1. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, by Shashi Chawla

2. Engineering Chemistry, by P. C Jain and M. Jain
3. Advanced Polymer Chemistry, by M. Chanda
Reference Books:

1. Surfactants and Polymers in Aqueous Solution, by K. Holmberg, B. Jonsson, B.

2. Kronberg and B. Lindman
3. Energy Scenario beyond 2100, by S. Muthukrishna Iyer

31 | P a g e
 Environmental Studies

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1010 Environmental Studies 2 0-0-2

Course Objectives

 To introduces the environmental consequences of Industries on the human health and

methods for minimizing their impact through technology and legal system to the
undergraduate students.

Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Able to gain Knowledge on

Environment as well as environmental
CO1 PO1 (3)
pollution and its consequences on
global climate change.

CO2 Analytical skill and Critical Thinking PO2(3), PO5(1)

Use of Tool, Design and Development

CO3 PO3(3)
(Hands-on/Technical skill)

CO4 Environment and Sustainability PO6(2), PO7(3)

32 | P a g e
 COURSE CONTENT

Module-I: Fundamentals of Environmental Sciences

Assignment-1: Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental science

Assignment-2: Components of Environment
Assignment-3: scope and importance of environmental science

Module: II Ecology and Ecosystem

Assignment-1: Structure and function of ecosystem

Assignment-2: Types of ecosystem
Assignment-3: Ecological Succession

Module III- Biodiversity and its conservation

Assignment-1: Concepts of Biodiversity

Assignment-2: Biodiversity at local level, global level and National level
Assignment-3: Conservation of Biodiversity

Module IV- Natural resources and its conservation

Assignment-1: Land resources and its conservation

Assignment-2: Forest resources and its conservation
Assignment-3: Water resources and its conservation
Assignment-4: Energy resources and its conservation

Module V Environmental pollutions and its control measure

Assignment-1: Soil pollution

Assignment-2: Water pollution
Assignment-3: Air pollution
Assignment-4: Noise pollution

Module VI Natural Hazards and Disaster management

Assignment-1: Concepts of natural hazards

Assignment-2: Different types of natural hazards: cyclone, earthquake, volcanic eruption etc.
Assignment-3: Process of disaster preparedness and its management
Assignment-4: Solid waste management
Module VII Environmental issues and laws
Assignment-1: Major environmental issues like climate change, global warming, green house
effects, Ozone layer depletion, Acid rain

33 | P a g e
Assignment-2: Water Act, 1974
Assignment-3: Air Act, 1981
Assignment-4: Environmental protection act, 1986

Reference Books:

1. Environmental Studies by U.N. Dash & H. D. Kumar, India Tech Publication, New
Delhi
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan Oxford University Press
3. Environmental Science and Engineering, 2E, by Aloka Debi, University Press

34 | P a g e
 Course Structure
Basket - II

Course
Course Code Course Title Credits Type

T+P+PJ

CUTM1011 Optimisation Techniques 2 0-2-0

CUTM1012 Engineering Economics and Costing 3 2-0-1

CUTM1013 Project Management 3 2-0-1

CUTM1014 Gender, Human Rights and Ethics 3 1.5-0-1.5

CUTM1015 Climate Change, Sustainability and Organisation 3 1.5-0-1.5

CUTM1016 Job Readiness 6 0-6-0

35 | P a g e
 Syllabus
Optimization Techniques

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1011 Optimization Techniques 2 0-2-0

Course Rationale:
Operations research (OR) have many applications in science, engineering, economics, and
industry and thus the ability to solve OR problems are crucial for both researchers and
practitioners. Being able to solve the real life problems and obtaining the right solution requires
understanding and modelling the problem correctly and applying appropriate optimization
tools and skills to solve the mathematical model. The goal of this course is to teach you to
formulate, analyse, and solve mathematical models that represent real-world problems. We will
also discuss how to use EXCEL for solving optimization problems

Course Objectives:

 To learn about the operations, research techniques, model formulation and

applications used to solve business decisions by using computer software

Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Ability to apply the knowledge on
optimization methods and algorithms
CO1 PO1(3)
to develop different types of
optimization problems
Ability to solve various real life
CO3 optimization problems by using PO2(2)
computer software
Ability to do research by applying
CO5 optimization techniques in problems PO4(3)
of Engineering and Technology

36 | P a g e
 COURSE CONTENTS

Module-I: Linear Programming: Graphical Method, Simplex method,

Penalty Method,
Module-II: Transportation Models, Assignment Models, Sequencing
and Scheduling Models by Johnson’s Algorithm
References Recommended:
Books
 Harvey M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice-
Hall, 1969
 S D Sharma and Himansu Sharma, Operations Research: Theory, Methods and
Applications, 15 Edition, Kedarnath Ramnath & Co

External Links:
 https://www.informs.org/Resource-Center/INFORMS-Student-Union/Consider-an-
Analytics-OR-Career
 https://www.informs.org/
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operations_research
 Google and YouTube
Journals:
● International Journal of operations Research
● European Journal of Operations Research
● International Journal of Operations Research and Optimization

37 | P a g e
 Engineering Economics and Costing
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1012 Engineering Economics and Costing 3 2-0-1

Course Rationale:

This course aims at providing the student with advanced concepts of engineering
economic analysis and its role in engineering decision making.

Course Objectives:

CO1. Facilitate students to understand the basics of Economics and its application in the field
of engineering
CO2.Enable students to understand the concepts of the time value of money and techniques for
evaluation of engineering projects along with it critically analyse in identifying the actual cost
of fixed assets used over a period of time in a business organization.
CO3.Equip students with the skills required to understand cost statements/records of the
product and its effect on decision making

Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

Course Outcomes
COs (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

Students will get the knowledge of the

CO1 microeconomics concepts related to business PO1(3)
and its impact on enterprise
Development of awareness and understanding
time value of money and techniques for
evaluation of engineering projects along with it
CO2 critically analyse in identifying the actual cost PO2(3) & PO11(2)
of fixed assets used over a period of time in a
business organization.

Apply cost concepts to analytical business

CO3 management decisions such as pricing a product PO2(3)
and services.

38 | P a g e
 COURSE CONTENTS

Module: I: Engineering Economics – Nature and scope

General concepts on Micro &Macro Economics. The Theory of demand, Demand function,
Law of demand and its exceptions, Elasticity of demand, Law of supply and elasticity of
supply.
Theory of production, Law of variable proportion, Law of returns to scale.

Module-II: Time value of money:

Simple and compound interest, Cash flow diagram, Principle of economic

equivalence.Evaluation of engineering projects: Present worth method, Future worth method,
Net present value method, internal rate of return method, Cost-benefit analysis in public
projects.
Depreciation: Meaning Causes, Factors affecting depreciation, Methods of providing
depreciation, Straight Line Method & Diminishing Balance Method

Module-III

Cost concepts, Elements of costs, Preparation of cost sheet, Segregation of costs into fixed and
variable costs. Break-even analysis (Simple numerical problems to be solved)
Indian Banking System: Banks: Meaning, nature, characteristic of the Indian banking system,
functions of commercial banks, functions of Reserve Bank of India, Overview of Indian
Financial System.

Books
● Riggs, Bedworth and Randhwa, “Engineering Economics”, McGraw Hill
Education India.
● Mithani, D.M., Principles of Economics. Himalaya Publishing House
● Mishra,S. “Engineering Economics & Costing “, PHI
● Sullivan and Wicks, “ Engineering Economics”, Pearson
● Paneer Seelvan,R., “ Engineering Economics”, PHI
● Gupta, G.S., “ Managerial Economics”, TMH
● Lal and Srivastav, “ Cost Accounting”, TMH

Links to websites:
● http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/

39 | P a g e
 Project Management
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1013 Project Management 3 2-0-1

Course Objectives:

 The successful development and implementation of all project’s procedures.

 Learn project management methodology to initiate and manage projects efficiently
and effectively
 Acquire key project management skills and strategies for Productive guidance,
efficient communication and supervision of the project’s team
 The achievement of the project’s main goal within the given constraints

Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Acquire 10 knowledge area identified by PMI

and its application while delivering a projects
CO1 PO1(3)

Students will acquire required technical

skill to develop a Project Charter and Project
CO2 Management Plan document for any project PO2(3), PO3(3)

Acquire necessary managerial skill to build

CO3 team and resolve all issues/challenges to PO9(3), PO7(2)
deliver a project

Will build soft skill to lead and comply and

CO4 communicate with all stakeholder’s PO10(3), PO8(3)
expectation

COURSE CONTENT:

Unit: I

Project Management framework; Introduction to Project Management; Project Life

Cycle and Organisation, Project vs. Operational work, Stakeholders, Organisational Influences

40 | P a g e
Project Management Process for a Project, groups, Initiating, planning, executing,
monitoring &controlling and closing process groups.
Project management Knowledge area;
Project Integration Management; Develop project charter, develop project management
plan, direct and manage project execution, monitor and control project work, perform
integrated change control, close project or phase.

Unit: II

Project Scope Management; collect requirements, define scope, create WBS, verify scope,
control scope
Project Time Management; Define activities, sequence activities, estimate, develop and
schedule
Project Cost Management; Estimate costs, determine budget, control costs

Unit: III

Project Quality Management; Plan quality, perform quality assurance, perform quality
control
Project HR Management; Develop HR plan, acquire project team, develop and manage
project team
Project Communications Management; Identify stakeholders, plan communication,
distribute information, manage expectation of stake holders, report performance

Unit: IV

Project Risk Management; Plan risks; identify risks, perform quality and quantitative risk
analysis, plan risk responses, monitor and control risks
Project Procurement Management; Plan procurements, conduct procurements, administer
procurements, close procurements
Project Stakeholders Management;Identifying stakeholders, stakeholder analysis,
engagement

Note: Students can use any of these software for their project; MS. Excel/ Bitrix 24/Primavera/
Microsoft Projects

Books Recommended:
1. Project Management: A Managerial Process, Clifford F Gray & Eric W Larson, Tata
McGrawHill [Text book]
2. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, 6th Edition, PMI
3. Project Management- A system Approach to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling
(Harold Kerzner). CBS Publishers and Distributers, New Delhi.
4. Projects, Preparation, Appraisal and Implementation (Prasanna Chandra), 3 rd Edition,
Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Project Management (Nagarajan, K), New Age Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Project Management. A Managerial Approach (Meredith, R.J and Mantel, S.J), Wiley
(India).

41 | P a g e
 Gender, Human Rights and Ethics
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1014 Gender, Human Rights and Ethics 3 1.5-0-1.5

Course Objectives

 This course is about gender, human rights and ethics in which the student will be
sensitized and exposed to related issues in the context of business and organisations
in India. The specific objectives are:
 To develop an understanding of gender, human rights and ethics in an unequal society
like India
 Sensitisation of how gender, human rights and ethics are significant in organisations.
 Integrating concerns related to gender, human rights and ethics in organisations.

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
CO1 Students will get knowledge of PO1(2)
understanding the complexity of issues
and challenges relating to gender, human
rights and ethics
CO2 Be sensitive to gender, human rights and PO3(1), PO3(2)
ethics within an analytical and
organizational context
CO3 Students will appreciate and practice PO8(3)
ethical means in personal and
professional life

COURSE SYLLABUS

Module 1

Difference between sex and gender; social construction of gender and its outcomes in the
form of behaviour, roles, gender based division of labour, hierarchy; gender relations.
Gender issues in organisations - significance of relations between structures, practices,
context, interactions and power for construction of gender at organisational level
Gender implications at workplace, management and leadership, Laws and Acts
Comparing different types of organisations; how to create a gender sensitive organisation.

42 | P a g e
Module 2

Introduction to human rights, Meaning and Definition, Types

Human Rights Law: Protection, violation and the legal framework for their protection -
International Human Rights Law, Universal Declaration of Human Rights
Conflicts of Rights and its Significance to Organisations: Challenges of the past and
challenges for the future. Persistence of social discrimination and inequality; efforts in the
search for justice for past violations, continued struggle for human rights and accountability
in an organisational context.

Module 3

Introduction to and study of ethics; Indian and Western ethics

Different ethical systems and perspectives; ethical relativism and its implications,
utilitarianism, duty ethics and virtue ethics in organisations

Critique of various ethical positions and develop their own position in an organizational
context.

Session Plan

Session 1

Basic concepts on sex and gender; social construction of gender; constitutional provisions for
gender equality.
PPT 1 - Introduction to Gender
1.5 mins video on Gender Equality and Poverty
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4viXOGvvu0Y

Session 2

Gender issues in different sectors – Health, Education, Governance, Livelihoods

PPT 2 - Gender issues in health
PPT 3 - Gender issues in education
PPT 4 - Gender issues in Governance
1.3 mins video on gender stereotypes and education
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nrZ21nD9I-0

Session 3

Approaches to address gender inequality – WID, WAD and GAD

PPT 5 - WID WAD GAD
TED talk by Deepa Bhardwaj - True equality is when both women and men have a voice - 13
mins
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BSRTZ_q4RX8
43 | P a g e
Session 4 & 5

Gender and organizational issues

PPT 6 - Gender and Organisations
PPT 7 - Gender Equality in Organisations
PPT 8 - Gender Mainstreaming and Attitude in Worksplace
PPT 9 - Gender Sensitisation
3.22 mins on The Future of Gender Equality in Work by ILO
https://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/multimedia/video/institutional-
videos/WCMS_558508/lang--en/index.htm
4.22 mins video on Gender Based Analysis
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6w-d1mmjFU
Free Readings
Gender and Development - Concepts and Definitions
Gender and Organisational Change Training

Project
-Gender Responsive Governance in times of COVID 19
https://in.one.un.org/gender-responsive-governance-in-the-times-of-covid-19/
- SDG - Gender Equality Goal 5
https://in.one.un.org/page/sustainable-development-goals/sdg-5/
- Gender, Sustainability and Environment
Women_Environment_and_Sustainable_Development_A_Ca
- Good Practices of Gender Mainstreaming in India
Good Practices for Gender Mainstreaming
- Gender Equality Case Study
Gender Equality - Kerala Case Study

Session 6

Basic concepts on human rights; history of human rights; current significance

Videos on Basic concepts of human rights
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ew993Wdc0zo
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JpY9s1Agbsw
Videos on History of Human Rights
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nDgIVseTkuE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6XXGF_V8_7M

Session 7

Violation and legal framework for the protection of human rights

Video on the Paris Principles
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZEgD7pdXt_c

44 | P a g e
Video on Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 (for reference, bilingual)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qAiiOyL5WAw

Session 8

Human rights and sustainability framework

Video on Human Rights and Sustainable Development
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mHHy1gDn4x8

Session 9 & 10

Human rights in the organizational context

Video on Why should your company care about human rights
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mCtNx3hHZ08
Video on UN Reporting Framework: Salient Human Rights Issues
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LswDupgiZug
Books:
1.Arihants UGC NET Human Rights and Duties
2.Kapoor, S. K. Central Law Agency’s Human Rights under International Law and National
Law
Ciapham Andrew, 2015, Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford University Press
Smith Rhona, 2015, Textbook on International Human Rights, Oxford University Press
Free Online Sources:
https://www.humanrightscareers.com/…/10-human-rights-study-books-you-can-download
https://www.humanrightscareers.com/courses/

Session 11

Basic concepts in ethics

PPT - Introduction to Ethics
Video on Ethics defined
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4vWXpzlL7Mo

Session 12

Theoretical perspectives – utilitarianism, virtue ethics, duty ethics

PPTs - Duty Ethics
Utilitarianism
Virtue Ethics
Video on Utilitarianism
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-FrZl22_79Q
Video on virtue ethics
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NMblKpkKYao
Video on deontology (duty) ethics

45 | P a g e
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wWZi-8Wji7M
Project (self exploration through case studies)
Fraudulent Books_1
Gifts from the Boss's Friend_1
Gifts from the Sales Representative_1

Session 13
Ethical relativism
PPT - Ethical Relativism
Video on Moral relativism
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5RU7M6JSVtk
Project (self-exploration through case studies)
Mining Data docx_1
Office Affair_2
On-time Delivery
Session 14 & 15
Ethics in organisations
Video on ethics in the workplace
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0mUxMpMTT28
Project (self-exploration through case studies)
Falsifying Attendance_1
Family Loyalty vs. Meritocracy_1
Rumors_1
The Supervisor's Choice_1
Books
Frankena, WK, 1973, Ethics (2nd Edition), Pearson.
Singer, P. 2011, Practical Ethics (3rd ed), Cambridge University Press.
Smart, JJC and Williams, B. 1973, Utilitarianism: For and Against, Cambridge University
Press.

46 | P a g e
 Climate Change, Sustainability and Organisations
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1015 Climate Change, Sustainability and 3 1.5-0-1.5

Organisations

Course Rationale:

This course is about climate change, sustainability and its implications for organisations.
Climate change and sustainability are closely interlinked. Students will be exposed to related
issues, challenges and debates on the subjects. They will develop an understanding of how
organizational performance gets affected by climate change today. As organisations grow and
diversify in India, there is a need to sensitise Management students to the significance of
climate change and its impact on humanity and environment; Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) and integrated reporting framework for sustainability of organisations.
Module 1: Climate Change and Organisations

Course Objectives:

 To develop an understanding about climate change in general, responses and debates

 To create awareness about the impact of climate change on organisations in
performance, growth and sustainability
 To facilitate in developing reference points to factor in aspects of climate change in
organizational planning and development

Course Outcome:

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Students will get knowledge of climate PO1(2)

CO1
change issues, challenges and debates

CO2 They will be sensitive to its implications for PO2(1)

organizations in different critical sectors

CO3 The course will give students decision taking PO3(2), PO7(3)
ability and to develop strategies for
perspective planning of organizations for
sustainability

47 | P a g e
 COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Basics of climate change; impacts on various sectors; responses and mitigation efforts
by the state and non-state agencies; debates and critiques
2. Sectoral implications of climate change – Agriculture and Forestry; Transportation;
Buildings; Energy; Industry and Manufacturing
3. Climate change – specific impacts (Migration, Disasters and Pandemics)
4. Mitigation and adaptation keeping the sustainability of business organisations

Projects: Case study, videos, small group workshops, book reviews

Session Plan for Module 1 – Climate Change and Organisations (10 one hour sessions)

Session 1: Basic concepts of climate change, impacts, issues and challenges

Session 2: Responses and mitigation efforts by state and non-state agencies

Session 3: Debates and critiques on climate change

Session 4: Climate change and ecosystem

Session 5: Climate change and social sector – health, education and livelihood/food security

Session 6: Climate change and infrastructure and services – buildings, transportation,

communication, electricity/energy

Session 7: Mitigation and adaptation of climate change impacts on business organisations

Session 8 and 9: Climate change impacts of migration, disasters and pandemics – societal and
organisational implication

Session 10: Develop reference points to factor into perspective planning and development of
organisations

Module 2 – Sustainability in Organisations

1. Sustainable development, debates, SDGs, challenges and opportunities; The business
case and leadership for action
2. Regulatory environment and International policy; Integrated Reporting Framework for
Sustainability
3. Production and consumption; Design, technology, and planning for sustainability
4. Communication and marketing; Collaboration and partnerships

Projects: Small group exercises, case analysis, video and book reviews

48 | P a g e
Session Plan for Module 2 – Sustainability in Organisations (10 one hour sessions)

Session 1: Sustainable development basics and introduction to SDGs (rationale, issues and
challenges for India)

Session 2 to 6: Discussion on the 17 SDGs

Session 7: SDGs and its relevance for organisations

Session8 to 10: Integrated framework for reporting sustainability in organisations; factoring

aspects of SD into performance of organisations

The 17 sustainable development goals (SDGs) to transform our world:

GOAL 1: No Poverty

GOAL 2: Zero Hunger

GOAL 3: Good Health and Well-being

GOAL 4: Quality Education

GOAL 5: Gender Equality

GOAL 6: Clean Water and Sanitation

GOAL 7: Affordable and Clean Energy

GOAL 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth

GOAL 9: Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure

GOAL 10: Reduced Inequality

GOAL 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

GOAL 12: Responsible Consumption and Production

GOAL 13: Climate Action

GOAL 14: Life Below Water

GOAL 15: Life on Land

GOAL 16: Peace and Justice Strong Institutions

GOAL 17: Partnerships to achieve the Goal

49 | P a g e
Videos – Climate Change

1. CSE Climate Change Analysis - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5fyT3-9kxU4

(7.5 mins)
2. Climate Change is having Massive Impact on Indian Farmers -
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8gcGaIzqIw (8.5 mins)
3. Climate Change in India: The Risks we face (NDTV) -
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AT1yi1tDenM (20.28 mins)

Videos – Sustainable Development

1. Short Videos (5) on Sustainable Development Goals and one TED Talk
2. https://developmenteducation.ie/blog/2017/09/5-videos-sustainable-development-
goals-worth-view-useful-ted-talk/
3. Overview of Sustainable Development Goals -
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s190sjqYRdg (7.43 mins)
Projects:

1. Climate change impacts on agriculture and policy responses – what is the current
practice and its implications for the sector and people; give your own recommendations
based on your understanding of issues, challenges, debates, critiques.
2. Marine fishing – fisherfolk
3. Forest dwellers
4. Business organisations – MSMEs, manufacturing, service industries; application of the
integrated framework for sustainability reporting

50 | P a g e
 Job Readiness
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1016 Job Readiness 6 0-6-0

Course Objectives

 To develop additional skills (verbal, logical, quantitative and reasoning) required to

enhance employability as well as the entrepreneurial ability of the students

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 Ability to enhance listening, speaking, PO1(3),

reading and writing skills of the students

CO2 Students must achieve the scores in PO2(2)

IELTS 6.5

CO3 Increase the Problem solving and PO2(1)

Decision taking ability in students.
CO4 It can enable ethical principles among PO8(2)
students and they will commit to
professional ethics and responsibilities.

CO5 It can improve students' soft skills to PO9(2) , PO10(2), PO11(1) ,

communicate while working in a team. PO12(2)
Also it helps to engage in independent
research and lifelong learning in the
technology context.

Note: A student will be awarded the credits and grades as outlined in the attached
presentation: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Wst-jdAJuHHVtYC4F-
p3SKuw1PHWOI1U/view?usp=sharing

51 | P a g e
 COURSE SYLLABUS
Course Division
Course I: IELTS - Reading, Listening, Speaking, and Writing
Course II: IELTS Verbal
Course III: Quantitative Aptitude
Course IV: Logical Reasoning
Course I: IELTS - Reading, Listening, Speaking and Writing
Module I: IELTS Reading (18hrs)

● Skimming and Scanning

● Sentence Completion
● Choose the Correct options (A, B, C, D)
● Locating the Specific Information
● Assessment on Reading Skill

Module II: IELTS Listening (6hrs)

● Notes/ Form/Table completion
● Label the Map/Passage, Multiple Choice Questions
● Complete the Sentences, Listening to Find Information
● Assessment on Listening Skills

Module III: IELTS Speaking (18hrs)

● Speaking about yourself, your family, your work and your interests
● Introduction & Interview
● Topic Discussion (e.g, Environment, Covid 19, Job)
● Assessment on Speaking Skills

Module IV: IELTS Writing (6 hrs)

● Summarising the chart, table or graph
● Comparing and contrasting graphs and tables
● Describing maps & diagrams
● Agreeing & disagreeing
● Expressing a personal view & opinion
● Assessment on Writing Skill
● CV Writing (2nd year)
● Letter Writing
● Email Writing (2nd year)
● Getting Started –writing an introduction

Course II: IELTS Verbal

Module I: Grammar (4 Hrs)
● Articles
● Prepositions
● Subject-Verb
● Spotting Errors

52 | P a g e
 ● Sentence Correction

Module II: Vocabulary (5 Hrs)

● Synonyms
● Antonyms
● Contextual Vocabulary

Module III: Reading Comprehension (3 Hrs)

● Paragraph/ Sentence Completion
● Jumbled Sentences/ Jumbled Paragraph
● Reading Comprehension

Module IV: Verbal Analogies (3 Hrs)

Course III: Quantitative Aptitude
Module I: Number System & Operation (14 Hrs)
● Speed Math-1: Multiplication tricks, Square, cube, square root, Cube root tricks
● Speed Math-2: Speed Calculations
● Number System-01: Operation on Numbers, Classification of Numbers, Tests of
Divisibility, Unit Digit Calculation
● Number System-02: Arithmetic Progression, Geometric Progression, Factors &
Factorials, Trailing Zeroes, Remainder Theorem
● HCF & LCM: Concepts, short tricks, question discussion
● Average: Concepts, short tricks, question discussion
● Assessments

Module II: Basic Arithmetic (16 Hrs)

● Percentage-01: Basics of Percentage, Effective percentage, shortcuts
● Percentage-02: Advanced questions and discussions
● Profit & Loss-01: Basics and advanced questions of Profit & Loss and shortcuts
● Profit & Loss-02: MRP, Discount, Successive discount
● Ratio & Proportion: Types of ratios, Basics & Advanced Question
● Age: Concepts & Shortcuts
● Partnership: Concepts & Shortcuts
● Mixture &Allegation: Rule of Allegation, Basics & Advanced question, Short tricks
● Assessments

Module III: Time & Analysis (17 Hrs)

● Time, Speed, Distance: Concepts, Problems based on relations, Average speed,
Stoppage time
● Trains: Relative Speed & All types of train problems
● Boats & Streams: Basics, Upstream, Downstream & Shortcuts
● Race: All concepts & Shortcuts
● Time & Work: Efficiency, wages, alternative day, chain rule
● Pipes & Cistern: Positive & Negative work
● Simple Interest: Concepts & Shortcuts on Simple Interest &Instalments
● Compound Interest: Concepts & Shortcuts on Simple Interest &Instalments
● Logarithm: All Formulae, concepts & Shortcuts
● Assessments

53 | P a g e
Module IV: Advanced Arithmetic (16 Hrs)
● Equation: Linear & Quadratic
● Permutation: All concepts & Shortcuts on factorial, fundamental principles of
counting
● Combination: All concepts & Shortcuts on Selection (Groups/teams)
● Probability: Terms related to Probability, Event, Theorems related Probability,
Conditional Probability. Shortcuts on coins, dices, balls, cards, etc
● Data Interpretation: (Bar/Pi-Chart /Line) graph
● Mensuration: Area & Volume
● Height & Distance: Lines of Sight, Horizontal line, Angle of Elevation, Angle of
Depression
● Assessments

Course IV: Logical Reasoning

Module I: Verbal Reasoning-I (14 Hrs)
● Series-1: Number series (Missing & Wrong)
● Series-2: Letter, Alpha numeric, Miscellaneous series
● Coding & Decoding: Letter Coding, Number coding, Message coding, Substitution
coding, Conditional coding
● Word Problem: Analogy, Odd man out, word formation, letter pair
● Logical Thinking: Brain Riddles
● Assessments

Module II: Verbal Reasoning-II (14 Hrs)

● Order & Ranking: Ranking & Sequence
● Direction Sense Test: Shortest Distance, Angular movement concept and Dusk &
Dawn
● Clock: Concepts of Angle, Reflex angle, Right angle Opposite, Coincide and
Incorrect clock
● Calendar: All concepts & Shortcuts
● Blood Relation: Jumbled-up descriptions, coded relations, Relation Puzzles
● Assessments
Module III: Non Verbal Reasoning (14 Hrs)
● Cubes & Dices
● Cubes & Cuboids
● Embedded Figure& Figure series
● Figure Puzzle & Figure grouping
● Figure Counting
● Mirror & Water Image
● Paper Cutting & Paper folding
● Assessments

Module IV: Advanced Reasoning (16 Hrs)

● Sitting Arrangement: Circular, Square, Rectangular, Linear, Triangular
● Puzzle: Box, Floor, Month, Day
● Advanced Puzzle: 3 variable
● Logical Venn Diagram

54 | P a g e
● Syllogism
● Statement & Conclusion
● Data Sufficiency
● Assessments

55 | P a g e
56 | P a g e
 Course Structure
Basket - III

Course Course Type

Code Course Title Credits
T+P+PJ

CUTM1017 Industrial IOT and Automation 6 3-2-1

CUTM1018 Data Analysis and Visualisation using Python 4 0-1-3

CUTM1019 Machine Learning using Python 4 1-2-1

CUTM1020 Robotic automation with ROS and C++ 4 1-2-1

CUTM1021 Basics of Design Thinking 2 0-0-2

CUTM1022 System Integration with DYMOLA 2 0-0-2

CUTM1023 Smart Engineering Project (G2M) 3 0-0-3

57 | P a g e
 Industrial IoT and Automation

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1017 Industrial IoT and Automation 6 3-2-1

Course Objectives

● Students will learn the new evolution in hardware, software, and data.
● While the promise of the Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) brings many new
business prospects, it also presents significant challenges ranging from technology
architectural choices to security concerns.
● Students acquire the upcoming Industrial Internet of Things: Roadmap to the
Connected World Course offers important insights on how to overcome these
challenges and thrive in this exciting space.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain Knowledge of key IIoT concepts
CO1 PO1 (3),
including IoT technologies, architectures
Able to identify sensors, localization, wireless
CO2 PO3(3)
protocols, data storage and security

COURSE CONTENT

MODULE 1: Introduction & Architecture

Theory
What is IIoT and connected world? The difference between IoT and IIoT, Architecture of IIoT,
IOT node. Challenges of IIOT
Hands-On
1. Introduction to Arduino, ESp8266, Introduction to raspberry Pi.

MODULE2: IIOT Components

Theory:
Fundamentals of Control System, introductions, components, closed loop & open loop system.
Introduction to Sensors (Description and Working principle): What is sensor? Types of
sensors, working principle of basic

58 | P a g e
 Sensors -Ultrasonic Sensor, IR sensor, MQ2, Temperature and Humidity Sensors (DHT-11).
Digital switch, Electro
Mechanical switches.
Practice:
2. Measurement of temperature & pressure values of the process using raspberry pi/node mcu.
3. Modules and Sensors Interfacing (IR sensor, ultrasonic sensors ,Soil moisture sensor) using
raspberry pi/node mcu.
4. Modules and Actuators Interfacing (Relay, Motor, Buzzer) using raspberry pi/node mcu.

MODULE 3: Communication Technologies of IIoT

Theory:
Communication Protocols: IEEE 802.15.4, ZigBee, Z Wave, Bluetooth, BLE, NFC, RFID
Industry standards communication technology (LoRAWAN, OPC UA, MQTT), connecting
into existing Modbus and Profibus
Technology, wireless network communication.
Practice:
5. Demonstration of MQTT communication
6. Demonstration of LoRa communication.

MODULE 4: Visualization and Data Types of IIoT

Theory:
Front end EDGE devices, enterprise data for IIoT, emerging descriptive data standards for
IIoT, cloud data base, could
Computing, fog or edge computing,
Connecting an Arduino /raspberry pi to the Web: Introduction, setting up the
Arduino/raspberry pi development
Environment, Options for Internet connectivity with Arduino, configuring your
Arduino/raspberry pi board for the IoT.
Practice:
7. Visualization of diverse sensor data using dashboard (part of IoT’s ‘control panel’)
8. Sending alert message to the user.
MODULE 5:
Theory
Extraction from Web: Grabbing the content from a web page, sending data on the web,
troubleshooting basic Arduino
issues, types of IoT interaction, Machine to Machine interaction (M2M).
Practice
9. Device control using mobile Apps or through Web pages.
10. Machine to Machine communication

59 | P a g e
MODULE 6: Control & Supervisory Level of Automation

Theory
Programmable logic controller (PLC), real-time control system, Supervisory Control & Data
Acquisition (SCADA).
HMI in an automation process, ERP &MES
Practice
11. Digital logic gates programming using ladder diagram
12. Implementation of Boolean expression using ladder diagram
13. Simulation of PLC to understand the process control concept.

Module 7: Application of IIOT

Case study: Health monitoring, Iot smart city, Smart irrigation, Robot surveillance

Text Books:

1. Industrial IoT Challenges, Design Principles, Applications, and Security by Ismail

Butun (editor)

2. Internet of Things with Arduino Cookbook, Marco Schwartz, ISBN 978-1-78528-

658-2

Reference Books:

1. The Internet of Things in the Industrial Sector, Mahmood, Zaigham (Ed.) (Springer
Publication)
2. Industrial Internet of Things: Cybermanufacturing System, Sabina Jeschke, Christian
Brecher, Houbing Song, Danda B. Rawat (Springer Publication)
3. Internet of Things- A Hands on Approach, Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti ,
Universities Press , 2015.

60 | P a g e
 Data Analysis and Visualization Using Python

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

Data Analysis and Visualization
CUTM1018 Using Python 4 0-1-3

Course Objectives

 How to tell a story from data

 How to marshal the data for storyline
 Get skill to quickly and easily draw plot or visualize the information through
visualization technique
 The ability to develop visualization to tell the story
 Get skill on analysis of data using visualization as a tool

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs (High-

3, Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 Able to gain knowledge on PO1 (3)

visualization with good story line and
perform job of a data analyst

CO2 Able to analyse and visualize the PO2(3)

dataset

CO3 Ability to design dashboard PO3 (3), PO5(1)

COURSE CONTENT

Module-I

STORY BOARD DEVELOPMENT

The objective and flow of the story to be understood through cases

61 | P a g e
Module-II

DATA READING USING PYTHON FUNCTIONS

Python libraries: Pandas, NumPy, Plotly, Matplotlib, Seaborn, Dash
Data collection from online data sources, Web scrap, and data formats such as HTML, CSV,
MS Excel, data compilation, arranging and reading data, data munging

Module-III

DATA VISUALSATION USING PYTHON LIBRARIES

Different graphs such as Scatterplot, Line chart, Histogram, Bar chart, Bubble chart, Heatmaps
etc.
Dashboard Basics – Layout, Reporting, Infographics, Interactive components, live updating

Projects List

1. COVID 19
2. World Development Indicators
3. ERP dashboarding
4. Details of Social/ Empowerment schemes of Govt. etc.
References:
 https://www.programmer-books.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Python-for-Data-
Analysis-2nd-Edition.pdf
 https://towardsdatascience.com/data-visualization/home
Reading materials and videos available on internet on how to use ANACONDA, JUPYTER
NOTEBOOK and Python Libraries

62 | P a g e
 Machine Learning using Python

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1019 Machine Learning using Python 4 1-2-1

Course Objectives

● Understand the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications, and effects of ML.
● Explore important packages of python, such as numpy, scipy, OpenCV and scikit-learn.

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs (High-

3, Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 Able to gain knowledge on ML PO1 (3)

solutions in their respective fields of
study

CO2 Able to analyze several problems PO2(3)

and apply ML techniques to solve it

CO3 Ability to design prediction and PO3 (3)

classification models

COURSE CONTENT

Module 1 – Application and Environmental-setup (12 hrs)

● Applications of Machine Learning In different fields (Medical science, Agriculture,

Automobile, mining and many more).
● Supervised vs Unsupervised Learning based on problem Definition.
● Understanding the problem and its possible solutions using IRIS datasets.
● Python libraries suitable for Machine Learning(numpy, scipy, scikit-learn, opencv)
● Environmental setup and Installation of important libraries.

63 | P a g e
Module 2 - Regression (8 hrs)

● Linear Regression
● Non-linear Regression
● Model Evaluation in Regression
● Evaluation Metrics in Regression Models
● Multiple Linear Regression
● Feature Reduction using PCA
● Implementation of regression model on IRIS datasets.

Module 3 - Classification (24 hrs)

● Defining Classification Problem with IRIS datasets.

● Mathematical formulation of K-Nearest Neighbour Algorithm for binary classification.
● Implementation of K-Nearest Neighbour Algorithm using sci-kit learn.
● Classification using Decision tree.
● Construction of decision trees based on entropy.
● Implementation of Decision Trees for Iris datasets .
● Classification using Support Vector Machines.
● SVM for Binary classification
● Regulating different functional parameters of SVM using sci-kit learn.
● SVM for multi class classification.
● Implementation of SVM using Iris datasets .
● Implementation of Model Evaluation Metrics using sci-kit learn and IRIS datasets.

Module 4 - Unsupervised Learning (12 hrs)

● Defining clustering and its application in ML .

● Mathematical formulation of K-Means Clustering.
● Defining K value and its importance in K-Means Clustering.
● Finding appropriate K value using elbow technique for a particular problem.
● Implementation of K-Means clustering for IRIS datasets
Projects
● To be defined based on respective study area of student.

References:

Text Book:
1. EthemAlpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, Second Edition,
http://mitpress.mit.edu/catalog/item/default.asp?ttype=2&tid=12012.
Web Resource:
1. https://towardsdatascience.com/beginners-guide-to-machine-learning-with-python-
b9ff35bc9c51

64 | P a g e
 Robotic automation with ROS and C++
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1020 Robotic automation with ROS and C++ 4 1-2-1

Course Content:

1. Robotic Automation Introduction

2. Sensors & Controllers
3. Sequential robot control
4. ROS & C++
5. Project

Course Objectives

● To upgrade knowledge levels of robotic application in modern industries

● Project based training

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

CO1 Advanced knowledge on robotic automation PO1 (3), PO2(2)

CO2 Design different types of circuits using devices PO2(2), PO3 (2)
which are connected to robotic modules

CO3 To write code using C++ for various types of PO5 (2)
robotic applications.

CO4 Apply the concepts in Industry based project & PO5 (3)
advanced learning.

COURSE SYLLABUS

Module – 1

Robotic Automation Introduction

1.1 Basic’s of automation

65 | P a g e
1.2 Use of robots in industry.

Module - 2

Sensor’s requirement in robots.

2.1 Selecting sensors as per the project.
2.2 Specification checking of sensors.
2.3 Interfacing of sensor to controllers.
Practice
P2.1 TILT, PROXIMITY, TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, SMOKE, FINGERPRINT
P2.2 BLUETOOTH, ESP8266, GPS, GSM

Module - 3

Controllers and output port handling.

3.1 Concept of 8951 controller
3.2 Concept of Arduino and concept of Raspberry Pi.

Practice
P3.1 Port handling of 8951
P3.2 Port handling of Arduino
P3.3 Port handling of Raspberry Pi

Module- 4

Sequential robot control

4.1 Designing of sequential robot control system.
4.2 Writing of programs in different programming languages.
4.3 Controlling of input/output devices.
Practice
P4.1 Programming of controllers with different programming languages
P4.2 Designing of sequential control robot.

Module- 5

ROS & C++

5.1 What is Ubuntu & ROS?
5.2 Requirement and application of ROS.
5.3 ROS based simulation of Turtlbot.
5.4 Adding of robot with wheel & sensor. Placing robot inside Gazebo.
Practice:
P5.1 Ubuntu basic command.
P5.2 Installation of Ubuntu, ROS & Gazebo
P5.3 Turtlbot control application

66 | P a g e
P5.4 Gazebo based robot control and simulation.
P5.5 Python and C++ based programming to control robot.
Virtual LAB: Using ROBOMASTER (AWS)
Projects
● Mobile controlled robot
● Autonomous operated robot.
● Location targeted robot

67 | P a g e
 Basics of Design Thinking

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1021 Basics of Design Thinking 2 0-0-2

Course Rationale:

Steve Jobs famously said “Design is just not what it looks or feels like. Design it how it works”.
Design Thinking is described as a discipline where a designer's sensibility and methods match
with the needs of users. It draws on logic, imagination, intuition and systematic reasoning to
explore the possibilities of a solution to a challenge and to create desired outcomes that benefit
the end user. So, if you are among the one who is constantly thinking of solving a problem of
business or society, it is ideal for you. This course will help you with the basics of design
thinking and through an action centric learning approach, lead to creatively exploring the
challenges and by using the design thinking tool propose innovative solutions.

Course Objectives:

● To orient the participants with the basics of the design thinking process
● To familiarize participants with the elements of Design thinking

Course Outcomes

COs
Course Outcomes Mapping COs with
POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 It can improve the Knowledge of imagination, PO1(3)

intuition and systematic reasoning to explore the
possibilities of a solution to a challenge and to create
desired outcomes
will help you with the basics of design thinking and
CO2 through an action centric learning approach, lead to PO2(3), PO4(3)
creatively exploring the challenges and by using the
design thinking tool propose innovative problem
solutions.

68 | P a g e
 COURSE CONTENTS:

Module: I

Basics of Design Thinking, Why Design Thinking, Design Thinking Mind-set (Inspiration,
Ideation and Implementation) Design thinking process, (Empathy, Define, Ideate, Prototype,
Test). Cases of application of Design thinking approach (Intuit, IDEO, Infosys, IBM, Google,
Apple, Jubilant Foods)

Module: II

Executing a Design Thinking Project- Apply Interviewing and empathy building technique,
Drawing inferences from the observations, Defining a point of view, Ideation process,
developing and testing prototypes and writing a story of a minimum viable solution.

Projects-
 Develop a customer friendly insulin pump design
 Develop a new customer experience for buying a diamond ring online
 Develop a new disease monitoring device for health workers working in remote areas.
 Designing an integrated machinery for end to end farm activities for small and marginal
farmers.
 Design a Fund raising campaign
Recommended References:

Books: Tom Kelly & Jonathan Littman (2001). “The Art of Innovation” Broadway
Publication.

69 | P a g e
 System Integration with DYMOLA
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1022 System Integration with DYMOLA 2 0-0-2

Course Objectives

● To provide powerful multi-disciplinary systems engineering through compatible

model libraries for a large number of engineering domains.
● To design high-fidelity modelling of complex integrated systems.
● To design intuitive modelling i.e. advanced, formally defined object-oriented
modelling language.
● To enable users to easily build their own components or adapt existing ones to match
their unique needs.
● To provide hardware-in-the-loop simulations (HILS) i.e. real-time simulation with
AurdinoUno, Python, Matlab, 3D real-time animation, CAD files import capability.
● To increase the ability to integrate with complex 3D geometry for integrated
simulation.
● To increase powerful model management, calibration & optimization capabilities.

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs

with POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)
CO1 It can improve the Knowledge to better understand PO1(3)
the behaviour of systems and to work and
communicate accurately with partners and suppliers.
CO2 DYMOLA is not only capable of supporting an ad- PO2(3), PO4(3)
hoc modelling level, such as functional behaviour or
detailed design, but is also able to convert these
predictive models into real-time models.
CO3 Future Centurions are ready for operating in many PO3(3)
industries including automotive, aerospace,
architecture, Motorsport, energy, and high tech.

COURSE SYLLABUS

Module 1 - Introduction Dymola and Modelica library

Package Browser, Component Browser, Parameter and Variable Editor Simulation Window,
Modelling, and Simulation.
The Modelling window is used to compose models and model components.
70 | P a g e
The Simulation experiment on the model, plot results and animate the behaviour.
Creating user-defined models and scripting using Modelica language.
Role Play – Explore the pre-defined libraries and Models, Creating a Package
Practice Project - Preparation of animated projects
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=39xyI0k
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FN8LlnTwzVE&t=314s

Module 2 – Physical Modeling using DYMOLA

Import of user-defined libraries and packages, interfacing with physical models using
ArduinoUno.
The Simulation experiment on the model using multi-domain libraries such as mechanical,
electrical, control, thermal, pneumatic, hydraulic, powertrain, thermodynamics, vehicle
dynamics, air-conditioning domains
Dymola interface that is stored in the Python package
Role Play – Explore the pre-defined libraries and Models, Creating a Package
Practice Project - Preparation of projects using user-defined packages,
Systems Physics with Modelica/Dymola

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xlpHwX-W3Ns

Module 3 – Animation and 3D view Using DYMOLA

MultiBody Frame Connector, Building a Mechanical Model, Concept of Furuta

Role Play - Practical session by students for students
Practice Project - Modelling of animated projects using the MultiBody library.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c9Ar2b4X5rQ
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k7lLBASaEJg

Session Plan
Session 1
Project 1
Simulating a model – Modelling of Integrated circuits
Description: Use of Electrical and Electronics components.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design.
Session 2
Project 2
Simulating a model -Creating a model for Electric DC Motor
Description: Design a DC Motor Model, Test, and Simulation, creating a library for
components, Creating a model for motor drive, Scripting.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Modelica Standard Library.
Session 3
Project 3
Simulating a model -Simple Pendulum with Frictionless joint Using Multi-Body Library

71 | P a g e
Description: Design the Simple pendulum and the Furuta joint using Dymola and Modelica
language. Friction joint for the Mechanical equipment.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.
Session 4
Project 4
Simulating a model – Pick and Place Robot
Description: 5 Axis Pick and Place Robot Design, Validation, and Optimization in the 3DS
platform.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9RgdZUvEjPw

Session 5
Project 5
Simulating a model – 3D Printer Design
Description: Design All System and Sub System of the 3D Printer, Validation and Simulation
using 3Ds Platform.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.

Session 6
Project 6
Simulating a model – Bicycle Behaviour Modelling
Description: Design Power Train, Driving Cycle, part design, and Simulation.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.
Session 7
Project 7
Simulating a model – Refrigerator Compartment Door Design using Thermal Library
Description: This component models the airflow through the door of a refrigerator or freezer
compartment.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.
Session 8
Project 8
Simulating a Model – Engine Analytic Using MultBody Library.
Description: Engine analytic, an engine with 6 cylinders, 6 planar loops, 1 degree of freedom,
and analytic handling of kinematic loops.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.
Session 9
Project 9
Simulating a model – Control the real and Digital servo motor ArduinoUno Library
Description: Control the Real and Digital Servo motor with simulation.

72 | P a g e
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Arduino based System Design, and Functional and
logical design.
Session 10
Project 10
Simulating a model – Virtual Universes with Poppy Humanoid Using ArduinoUno
Library
Description: Virtual universes with a human assistant robot with simulation.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Arduino based System Design, Functional, and logical
design.
Session 11
Project 11
Simulating a model – Implementation of Model using Python Library
Description: Modelling using python library, validation and optimization in the 3Ds platform.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.
Session 12
Project 12
Simulating a model – Industrial Robot Design
Description: 6 Axis industrial robot design, validation, and optimization in the 3Ds platform.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling, Functional and Logical Design. Part design and
Assembly Design.
Session 13
Project 13
simulating a model – Temperature Control System Using State Graph
Description: The model contains an electric circuit with a heating resistor and a switch.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zz-_crJOGo0&t=26s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zl592ARjnpU
Session 14
Project 14
Simulating a model – Magnetic Ball System using Magnetic Library
Description: The electronic circuit consists of a voltage source, a resistor, and an inductor in
the form of a tightly wound coil. An iron ball beneath the inductor experiences a gravitational
force as well as an induced magnetic force (from the inductor) that opposes the gravitational
force.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.

Session 15
Project 15
Simulating a Model – Design of Water to Steam Converter Using Fluid Library
Description: Create a package under Fluid_Package called Water_To_Stream using
temperature sensors.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.

73 | P a g e
Session 16
Project 16
Simulating a Model – Design of Liquid Valve Control Using Fluid Library
Description: Building a simple circuit with two valves and a volume block.
Workbench Use: Behaviour Modelling.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P_YI3RiTI14

74 | P a g e
 Smart Engineering Project (G2M)

Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ

CUTM1023 Smart Engineering Project (G2M) 3 0-0-3

Course Objectives
● The main objective of this course is that students from various branches can learn
different tools and collaborate together to build a smart live project.
● To make the centurion's think beyond engineering.
● To provide the platform to express the imagination to reality.
● To acculturate the diversity in engineering.
● To make the centurions industry ready.

Course Outcomes

Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
CO1 It can improve the Knowledge to Learn PO1(3)
the new tools and use them to solve some
current problems in their respective
areas.
CO2 Able to learn current industry software’s PO2(3), PO4(3)
and work on projects based on
multidisciplinary fields using different
analytical skills.
CO3 Can be able to discover engineering as a PO3(3)
quality product outcome using different
tools.

COURSE SYLLABUS
 Interdisciplinary
 Product Based
 Industry 4.0
 Go to Market Based
Project categories:
 Software/Hardware Based
 Real-Time
 Multidisciplinary

75 | P a g e
Basic Project Requirements:
As per the Project requirements you can select any available boards/software.

Some selected and regular used embedded boards as listed below for your reference.

Hardware
1. Arduino (Uno, Mega, Nano)
2. Node MCU/ESp32
3. Raspberry pi Zero W/Raspberry pi Pico
4. Micro Python
5. Raspberry pi 3b+
6. FPGA Board
7. STM32
Simulation Software’s
Some selected and regular used software as listed below for your reference.

8. Proteus Professional
9. MATLAB/Simulink
10. LabVIEW
11. Xilinx ISE
12. Ansys
13. Fusion 360
14. Autodesk
15. Dymola
16. Simulia
17. Maplesoft
18. Modelica
19. Python
Projects In Track:

 Analysis Design of G+10 Building using STAAD Pro

 Automated water irrigation controller for rice field
 Automatic Microgrid System
 Automation in Light and Fan in Classroom
 Speed Control Of Dc Motor using Arduino
 Bench Tapping Machine
 Modular E-Rickshaw Design using Catia
 Renewable Energy using Compressor
 Wireless Control Robotic car through MATLAB GUI
 Water Level and Temperature Indicator
 Speech Recognition using Python
 IOT Based Air Pollution Quality Monitoring with ESP8266
 Plant Disease Detection using Image Processing
 IOT Based Air Quality and Monitoring By Using Arduino

76 | P a g e
  Automatic agriculture field monitoring device
 IOT Based Weather Station Using GY-BME280 Sensor Module and ESP8266-12E Node
MCU LUA Wi-Fi Module
 Bluetooth Controlled Car Using ARDUINO
 Crimes Against Women in India
 A Presentation on Analysis of QUAD COPTER
 Collecting Data and Visualizing of a Mobile Sensors of Android Device
 Manufacturing of Knuller Tool
 Smart Product Sanitization and Packaging System

Product In Track

 Insulin Pump Prototype Design

 Electronic Controller Design
 Battery Management System Design
 Poly House
 Apparel Tracking using Apriso webserver
 Android app development using android studio and Java
 Modular E-Rickshaw variant Design
 Autonomous Navigating Vehicle
 Smart Transformer Control Panel Design
 3-Phase BLDC Motor Driver Design

Session Plan

Session 1

 Allocation of projects.
 Defined the gate zero process.

Session 2

 Review of gate zero process

Recent Comments

 Harolddyday on Dr. Amrutha Gopan

 Fakaza on Dr. Amrutha Gopan
 впр математика 8 класс on Domain course template
 Michaeljab on Dr. Amrutha Gopan
 EdgarWab on Dr. Amrutha Gopan

77 | P a g e
78 | P a g e
 Course Structure
Basket - IV
Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Course Code Type

Course Title Credits
T+P+PJ
CUTM1602 Programming in C 4 1-2-1

CUTM1603 Data Structures 4 1-2-1

CUTM1030 Advanced Web Programming 4 1-2-1

CUTM1031 Java Technologies 4 2-1-1

CUTM1039 Embedded System Design Using ARM 6 3-2-1

Cortex

CUTM1040 VLSI Design 6 3-2-1

CUTM1042 Electromagnetic Field Theory and 2-1-0

3
Transmission Line

CUTM1043 Network Analysis 3 2-1-0

CUTM1051 Energy Production & Transmission 3 2-1-0

CUTM1052 Substation Switch gear & Protection 4 2-1-1

CUTM1053 System Modeling and Control 4 3-1-0

CUTM1054 Electrical Machines Operation and Control 4 2-2-0

CUTM1055 Industrial Power Electronics 4 2-1-1

CUTM1056 Digital Measurement and Instrumentation 3 2-1-0

CUTM1057 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 1-1-0

Total Credits 58

79 | P a g e
 Programming in C
Course Title Code Type of course T-P-PJ Prerequisite
Programming in C CUTM1602 TPP 1-2-1 Nil

Course Objectives

● Provide basic knowledge of programming tools and techniques.

● Familiarize the programming environment and syntax of C programming.
● Understand the working of basic programming constructs.
● Acquire C coding skill

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 Will gain Knowledge on programming PO1 (3), PO12(1)

Analyse the problems for

CO2 PO2 (3)
implementation
The student will able to write 150 to
CO3 200 line programs without any error to PO3(3), PO5(2)
solve any problems
Design and develop several
CO4 PO3 (3)
applications with hands-on
COURSE OUTLINE
Module I: Problem Solving Techniques (10Hours)

Problem solving techniques: Algorithm, flow chart; Structure of C program, Character set,
Identifiers, Keywords, Data Types, Constants and Variables, Input-output statements,
relational and logical operators, increment and decrement operators, conditional operator, bit-
wise operators, assignment operators, expressions, type conversions, conditional expressions,
precedence and order of evaluation.

Module II: Control Structures (7Hours)

Statements and blocks, if and switch statements, loops : -while, do-while and for statements,
break, continue, goto.

Module III : Array(7Hours )

Arrays-concepts, declaration, definition, accessing elements, two-dimensional and multi-

dimensional arrays, applications of arrays.

80 | P a g e
Module IV: Functions (15 Hours)

Designing structured programsFunctions, parameter passing, user defined functions, recursive

functions, storage classes- extern, auto, register, static, scope rules.

Module V: Pointer (15 Hours)

Pointers- concepts, initialization of pointer variables, pointers and function arguments, address
arithmetic, Character pointers and functions, pointers to pointers, pointers and
multidimensional arrays, dynamic memory management functions, command line arguments.

Module VI: Structures (11Hours )

Derived types-structures-declaration, definition and initialization of structures, accessing

structures, nested structures, arrays of structures, structures and functions, pointers to
structures, self-referential structures, unions,

Module VII: Files (10Hours )

Input and output–concept of a file, text files and binary files, file I/O operations, Typedef, bit
fields, Command line arguments.

List of Projects:

1. LASER Demonstration
2. Electronic Voting Machine
3. Elementary Database Management System
4. Student Information System
5. Parking System
6. Bank Management System
7. Result System
8. Quiz Game Project
9. Library Management System
10. Pacman Game

Text Books :

1. E. Balaguruswamy “Programming in C”, Tata McGraw Hill 3rd Edition

2. Y. Kanetkar, “Let us C”, BPB Publications-9th edition.

Reference Books:

1. H. Scheldt, “C The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill

2. B.W. Kernighan & D.M. Ritchie, "C Programming Language", PHI.
3. Gotterfried, Schaum Series- “C Programming”.

81 | P a g e
 Data Structures
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1603 Data Structures 4 1-2-1

Course Objectives

 To familiarize the students with techniques of algorithm analysis and recursive

procedures
 To make students implement linked data structures such as linked lists and binary
trees
 To introduce several sub-quadratic sorting algorithms including - quick sort, merge
sort and heap sort
 To acquaint students, solve graph traversal techniques
 Skill to choose appropriate data structure as applied to specified problem definition.
Ability to analyze algorithms and algorithm correctness
Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain the knowledge to evaluate
algorithms and data structures in terms
CO1 PO1 (3)
of time and memory complexity of
basic operation steps
Ability to formulate programs that
CO2 cover basic static and dynamic data PO2 (3)
structures, and relevant algorithms
Able to solve different problems such
CO3 as search and sorting algorithms, PO2 (3), PO3(3)
traversal techniques, etc.
Design and demonstrate bugs in
CO4 program, recognize needed basic PO3(3), PO5(2)
operations with hands-on

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Basics Of Data Structures and Array (06 hrs)

Data Structures, Types of Data Structures, Algorithm analysis, Complexity Analysis: Time
complexity and Space complexity, Asymptotic Notations (Big Oh, Big Omega, Big Theta,
Little Oh, Little Omega), Data Structure Operations, Application of Data structures.

Arrays: Memory Representation of an array, Operations on an array.

Programs:
1.Write a program to perform the following menu driven program on the input array

82 | P a g e
a. Insertion
b. Deletion
c. Searching
d. Sorting
e. Merging
f. Display
g. Exit

Module II: Stack & Queue (12 hrs)

Stacks, operations on stack and its applications ( Infix to Postfix Conversion, Infix to prefix
conversion, Prefix evaluation and Postfix Evolution).
Queues, Operations on Queue, De-queues, Operations on Dequeue, Priority Queues .
Programs:
1.Write a program to perform the following menu driven program on the STACK.
a. Push
b. Pop
c. Display
d. Exit
2. Write a program to perform the following menu driven program on the Queue.
a. Insertion
b. Deletion
c. Display
d. Exit

Module III: Linked List (14 hrs)

Linked lists: Single Linked List and Operations on Single Linked List (Creation Insertion,
Deletion, Sorting and Reverse). Circular linked list, Double linked list ,
Programs:
1.Write a program to create a single linked list perform the following menu driven program.
a. Insertion at front
b. Insertion at end
c. Insertion at particular position
d. Deletion at front
e. Deletion at end
f. Deletion at particular position
g. Display
2.Write a program to create a circular linked list perform the following menu driven program.
a. Insertion at front
b. Insertion at end
c. Insertion at particular position
d. Deletion at front
e. Deletion at end
f. Deletion at particular position
g. Display
3.Write a program to create a Double linked list perform the following menu driven program
.

83 | P a g e
a. Insertion at front
b. Insertion at end
c. Insertion at particular position
d. Deletion at front
e. Deletion at end
f. Deletion at particular position
g. Display

Module IV: Stack & Queue Implementation Using Linked List (4 hrs)

Stack implementation using Linked List and Queue implementation using Linked List and
operations.
Programs:
1.Write a program to implement Stack Using Linked List.
2.Write a program to implement Queue Using Linked List.

Module V: Trees (12 hrs)

Trees and hierarchical orders ,Introduction to trees ,Representation of tree, Abstract trees ,
Tree traversals , Forests , Ordered trees , Binary trees , Perfect binary trees , Complete binary
trees , Search trees : Binary search trees , AVL trees.
Programs:
1.Write a program to create Binary tree and display it .
2. Write a program to create a BST and display it.
3. Write a program to Print all pairs from two BSTs whose sum is greater than the given
value.
4.Write a program to remove duplicate entries from the BST.
5.Write a program to create a AVL tree and display it.

Module VI: Searching & Sorting (14 hrs)

Searching & Sorting algorithms , Objectives of Searching , The Sequential Search , Analysis
of Sequential Search , The Binary Search , Analysis of Binary Search , Introduction to sorting
, Insertion sort , Bubble sort , Heap sort ,Merge sort ,Quick sort, Radix Sort.
Programs:
1.Write a program to perform linear and binary search.
2. Write a program to perform selection sort , Bubble sort and Insertion sort.
3. Write a program to perform merge and quick sort.
4.Write a program to perform Heap sort.

Module VII: Graphs and Hashing (8 hrs)

Graph Terminology, Graph Traversal Techniques: Breadth First Search, Depth First Search,
Hashing: Introduction to hash tables, Hash functions, Collision Resolution : Chained hash
tables, Linear Probing.
Programs:
1.Write a program to perform Linear Probing.
2. Write a program to perform Double Hashing

84 | P a g e
Text Books:

1. Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications , Sartaj Sahani, 2nd Edition.

2. Data Structures and Algorithms, Michael T.Goodrich, R, Tamassia and D.Mount, wiley
Student Edition, 7th edition, John Wiley and Sons.

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis by Mark Allen Weiss.

2. Data Structures and Algorithms , 3rd edition, Adam Drozdek, Cengage Learning.

Projects:

 Contact book application using Doubly Linked List

 Dictionary using Binary trees
 Snake Game
 Chess Game
 AVL -Insertion and Deletion
 Travel Planner (Graphs)
 Tic-Tac-Toe Game
 Library Management System
 Project management System
 User defined(Student Choice)

Note: 1 credit theory=10 hrs lecture, 1 credit practice/project=12.5 hrs lab/workshop/field

work in a semester

85 | P a g e
 Advanced Web Programming
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1030 Advanced Web Programming 4 1-2-1

Course Objective

 Understand client server architecture and able to use the skills for web project
development.
 Create job opportunities as a web developer

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain the knowledge for
CO1 designing and developing web PO1 (3)
applications
Apply PHP7 to improve accessibility
CO2 PO2 (3)
of a web document
Develop a static, interactive and well-
CO3 formed webpage using JavaScript, PO3(3), PO5(1)
CSS3 and HTML5

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Web Programming Concepts(7hrs)

Architecture of the Web (1)

HTTP Protocols (1)
Difference HTTP1.0 and HTTP 1.1, Stateless nature of the protocol, Methods (GET, POST,
HEAD, PUT, DELETE),HTTP session, Status codes, Persistent connections, HTTPS
HTML (1)
Document Object Model (DOM), Elements, Events
HTML 5(2)
Elements, Objects, Events, Canvas, Audio& Video Support, Geo-location Support
CSS(2)
Styling HTML with CSS, Inline Styling (Inline CSS),External Styling (External CSS),CSS
Fonts, The CSS Box Model, The id Attribute, The class Attribute, HTML Style Tags

Practice
1. Write an HTML code to display your CV on a web page.
2. Write an HTML code to create a Home page having three links: About Us, Our Services
and Contact Us. Create separate web pages for the three links.

86 | P a g e
3. Write an HTML code to create a Registration Form. On submitting the form, the user
should be asked to login with this new credentials.
4. Write an HTML code to create your Institute website, Department Website and Tutorial
website for specific subject.
5. Write an HTML code to create a frameset having header, navigation and content sections.
6.Write an HTML code to demonstrate the usage of inline CSS.
7. Write an HTML code to demonstrate the usage of internal CSS.
8. Write an HTML code to demonstrate the usage of external CSS.
9: Design your own website using HTML CSS
10: Design form using HTML and apply CCS

Module II: JavaScript & jQuery(14 hrs)

JavaScript (10)
Introduction to JavaScript: Variable, statements, Operators, Comments, constructs, Functions,
expressions, JavaScript console, Scope, Events, Strings, String Methods, Numbers, Number
Methods, Dates, Date Formats, Date, Methods, Arrays, Array Methods, Booleans,
Comparisons

Control Structures: Conditions, Switch, Loop For, Loop While, Break

Functions: Function Definitions, Function Parameters, Function Invocation, Function Closures

Objects: Object Definitions, Object Properties, Object Methods, Object Prototypes

Object Oriented Programming:

Method, Constructor, Inheritance, Encapsulation, Abstraction, Polymorphism, JavaScript
Validations, Document Object Model, Document and Events (DOM Manipulation)
HTML DOM: DOM Intro, DOM Methods, DOM Document, DOM Elements, DOM HTML,
DOM CSS, DOM Animations, DOM Events, DOM Event Listener, DOM Navigation, DOM
Nodes, DOM Node list, Debugging, Type Conversion, Regular expressions, Errors, Debugging
Forms: Forms Validation, Forms API, JS Browser BOM, Window, Screen, Location, History,
Navigator, Popup Alert, Timing, Cookies, JavaScript Windows, Pushing code quality via
JSLinttool, Security in Java Script
jQuery(4)
Basics of jQuery, jQuery selection and events, jQuery Effects, jquery traversal and
manipulation, Data attributes and templates, jQuery Plugins, Jquery / Google Web Toolkit

87 | P a g e
Practice:
1.Write a Java script to prompt for users name and display it on the screen.
2. Design HTML form for keeping student record and validate it using Java script.
3. Write programs using Java script for Web Page to display browsers information.
4: Validate form page using JavaScript
5: use JQuery effect in page
6. Write a jQuery Code to Find the data passed with the on() method for each element.
7.Find the position of the mouse pointer relative to the left and top edges of the document.
8.Count the number of milliseconds between the two click events on a paragraph
9.Find all the text nodes inside a paragraph and wrap them with an italic tag

Module III: AJAX& JSON(8 hrs)

AJAX(3)
Design Introduction to Ajax, Web services and Ajax, Ajax using HTML, CSS, JavaScript, Ajax
Framework and DOM, XMLHttpRequest, Ajax Architecture
Working with JSON (5)
JSON – Introduction, Need of JSON,JSON Syntax Rules, JSON Data - a Name and a Value,
JSONObjects, JSONArrays, JSON Uses JavaScript Syntax, JSON Files, JSON& Security
Concerns, Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), Injection
Attacks,JSXMLHttpRequestfunctions,JavaScriptXMLHttpRequest & Web APIs, JSON&
Client Side Frameworks, JSON& Server Side Frameworks, Replacing XML with JSON,JSON
parsing, AJAX using JSON and jQuery

Practice:
1.Create an simple application using AJAX to show the table of numbers given by user at
runtime.
2.Access web service using Ajax and handle using JSON

Module IV: Responsive Web Design (5 hrs)

Introduction
The Best Experience for All Users
• Desktop
• Tablet

88 | P a g e
• Mobile
Bootstrap
Overview of Bootstrap
Need to use Bootstrap
Bootstrap Grid System, Grid Classes, Basic Structure of a Bootstrap Grid
Typography
Tables, Images, Jumbotron, Wells, Alerts, Buttons, Button Groups, Badges/Labels, Progress
Bars,
Pagination, List Groups, Panels, Dropdowns, Collapse, Tabs/Pills, Navbar, Forms, Inputs
Bootstrap Grids, Grid System, Stacked/Horizontal
Bootstrap Themes, Templates
Practice:
1.Create a responsive website using bootstrap

Module V: PHP(10 hrs)

PHP(10):
Introduction to PHP, Working with arrays, Functions, Forms, Handling date and Times,
Working with Files, Session and state management, Database operations from PHP
Practice:
1.Develop student registration web application using PHP
2.Write a PHP database application that collects comments from users and makes it possible
for users to view all the comments that have been submitted. You will need three files: an
HTML page with a form where the user can enter a comment; a PHP program to process the
input from this form by adding the comment to the database; and a PHP program that displays
all the comments.

Module VI: Introduction to Drupal(5 hrs)

Drupal Basics, Content Management System, Content Management Framework, Web

Application, Framework, Drupal Workflow, Bootstrap, hooks, callbacks, output, Modules
(Core and Contributed), Nodes, Blocks, Regions, The Admin Interface (Overview),Content
Management, Site Building, Site Configuration, User Management, Reports, Help,
ContentTranslation, User Contributed Modules, Layouts in Drupal, File Systems
Practice:
1.Setup Drupal server and develop a site on it

Module VII: XML & Web Security (6 hrs)

XML (2)

89 | P a g e
Introduction to XML, XML Validation, Reason for XML, XML Tree Structure, XML DOM, XML
DTD, XML Schema
XML style language (2)
XML and XSLT, XML Parsing, XML parsers (DOM & SAX),XML WSDL,RSS Feed
Web Security(2)
SQL Injection, Cross-Site Scripting (XSS),Security standards (OWASP)

Practice:
1. Creating XML Document
2.DTD creation
3.Test SQL Injection for student registration application

Text/Reference Books

1. Web Technologies: HTML, JAVASCRIPT, PHP, JAVA, JSP, XML and AJAX,
Black Book Kindle Edition, by Kogent Learning Solutions Inc.
2. HTML 5 Black Book, Covers CSS 3, JavaScript, XML, XHTML, AJAX, PHP and
jQuery, 2ed Kindle Edition, by DT Editorial Services
3. Programming PHP: Creating Dynamic Web Pages, Third Edition, by Kevin Tatroe,
O'REILLY
4. Introduction to JavaScript Object Notation: A To-the-Point Guide to JSON kindle
Edition by Lindsay Bassett, O'REILLY
5. Bootstrap: Responsive Web Development by Jake Spurlock, Paperback

Project Work
 Online Quiz System
 Online Student feedback System
 Online Tutorial System
 Restaurant Billing System
 Online MCQ Database Bank System

90 | P a g e
 Java Technologies
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1031 Java Technologies 4 2-1-1

Course Objective

 Understand fundamentals of programming such as variables, conditional and

iterative execution, methods, etc.
 Understand fundamentals of object-oriented programming in Java, including
defining classes, invoking methods, using class libraries, etc.
 Be aware of the important topics and principles of software development
 Have the ability to write a computer program to solve specified problems
 Have the ability to write a computer program to solve specified problems
 Be able to use the Java SDK environment to create, debug and run simple Java
programs
 Acquire java coding skill
 It helps students in getting jobs in different IT firms

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

Cos Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Will gain Knowledge on object
CO1 PO1 (3), PO12(2)
oriented java programming
Identify and fix defects the common
CO2 PO2 (3)
safety issues in code
Read and make elementary
CO3 modifications to Java programs that PO3(3), PO5(2)
solve real-world problems
Design and develop several
CO4 PO3 (3)
applications with hands-on

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Introduction to Java (8 hrs)

Features and Installation, Java Programming Basics, Decision Making and Looping, Class and
Object, Inheritance
Practice 1 (1 Hr)
Practice 2 (1 Hr)

Module II: Package and Safe Code (5 Hr)

Interfaces, Packages and Access Protection, Exception Handling (Fault Tolerant
Programming)
Practice 3 (1 Hr)

91 | P a g e
Module III: Collection and Threads (5 Hr)
ArrayList, Vector, Set, Map, Multi-threaded Programming, Synchronization
Practice 4 (1 Hr)
Module IV: Language and Utility Packages (5 Hr)
String Handling, Wrappers, Runtime Memory Management, Cloning, Calendar, Date and Time
Facilities, Scanner, Internationalization
Practice 5 (1 Hr)
Practice 6 (1 Hr)
Module V: Input/ Output and Applets (5 Hr)
Byte and Character Stream I/O, Persistence, Applet: Architecture, Skeleton, and
Implementation
Practice 7 (1 Hr)
Practice 8 (1 Hr)
Module VI: GUI Programming (5 Hr)
AWT: Container, Components, Layout Managers, Event Handling
Practice 9 (1 Hr)
Practice 10 (1 Hr)
Module VII: Networking and Advanced (5 Hr)
Networking Fundamental, Client-Server Communication, Remote Method Invocation (RMI),
Java Virtual Machine (JVM) Tuning, Java Profiler
Practice 11 (1 Hr)
Practice 12 (1 Hr)

Text Book(s):

1. Java The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition, C25 Herbert Schildt, McGraw-Hills
Reference Book(s):

1. Murach’s Java Programming, 5th Edition, Joel Murach, Mike Murach & Associates, 2011,

ISBN-78-1-943872-07-7

92 | P a g e
 2. Introduction to Java Programming, Comprehensive, 10th ed., Y. Daniel Liang, 2014. ISBN-10:

0133813460, ISBN-13: 9780133813463

https://nqr.gov.in/qualification-title?nid=3002
https://www.cdac.in/index.aspx?id=DAC&courseid=0#
https://canvas.harvard.edu/courses/63117/assignments/syllabus
https://canvas.harvard.edu/courses/69911/assignments/syllabus
https://xid.harvard.edu/xid-apps/submitAccountForm.do
YouTube Resources: freeCodeCamp.org
Codearchery
Edureka
free project
Jenkov

Online Source(s):

1. https://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/index.html

2. https://www.programiz.com/java-programming

3. https://marcus-biel.com/

Software/Tool(s): Java 8, Eclipse IDE

Online Compiler: https://ideone.com/

Online Coding Practice: https://www.hackerrank.com/

List of Practices:

Practice 1 (Module-I)

Program-1:

Write a program that computes the standard deviation of a set of floating point numbers that the user

enters. First the user says how many numbers N are to follow. Then the program asks for and reads in

each floating point number. Finally it writes out the standard deviation. The standard deviation of a set

of numbers Xi is:

SD = Math.sqrt( avgSquare - avg2 )

Here, avg is the average of the N numbers, and avg2 is its square.

avgSquare is the average of Xi * Xi. In other words, this is the average of the squared value of each

floating point number.

For example, if N = 4, say the numbers were:

93 | P a g e
Xi Xi * Xi

2.0 4.0

3.0 9.0

1.0 1.0

2.0 4.0

sum 8.0 18.0

Now:

avg = 8.0/4 = 2.0

avg2 = 4.0

avgSquare = 18.0/4 = 4.5

SD = Math.sqrt( 4.5 - 4.0 ) = Math.sqrt( .5 ) = 0.7071067812

To do this you will need to do several things inside the loop body for each floating point value as it

comes in: add it to a sum, square it and add it to a sum of squares. Then after the loop is finished

apply the formula.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java
Practice 2 (Module-I)

Program-1:

Better encapsulation of the Goods class would call making instance variables private and using getter

and setter methods to access them. A further refinement would be to make the class abstract and to

define additional child classes. Here is a revised Goods class:

public abstract class GoodsSGA

private String description;

private double price;

private int quantity;

public GoodsSGA( String des, double pr, int quant )

{description = des;

94 | P a g e
price = pr;

quantity = quant;}

double getPrice()

{return price;}

void setPrice( double newPrice)

{price = newPrice;}

int getQuantity()

{return quantity;}

void setQuantity ( int newQuantity )

{quantity = newQuantity;}

public String toString()

{return "item: " + description + " quantity: " + quantity + " price: " + price ;}

Revise the source code for the classes Food, Toy, and Book. (Perhaps call the revised classes

FoodSG, ToySG, and BookSG.) create a new class ToiletrySG for things like bubble bath. Create a

new testing class, StoreSG to test your revised classes.

Note: the child classes will need to use the getter and setter methods to access the instance variables

that are declared as private in GoodsSG.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java
Practice 3 (Module-II)

Program-1:

User-Friendly Division Practice:

Put in a loop so that the user is repeatedly asked for the numerator and the divisor. For each set of

data, the program prints out the result, or an informative error message if there is a problem (division

by zero or poor input data).

The program continues looping, even if there is a problem Exit the loop when data entered for the

numerator start with characters "q" or "Q". Don't print out an error message in this case.

95 | P a g e
Don't ask for the divisor if the user just asked to quit.

Here is sample output from one run:

Enter the numerator: 12

Enter the divisor: 4

12 / 4 is 3

Enter the numerator: 12

Enter the divisor : 0

You can't divide 12 by 0

Enter the numerator: glarch

You entered bad data.

Please try again.

Enter the numerator: quit

You will need to use the method charAt() from the String class.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java
Practice 4 (Module-III)

Program-1:

In mathematics, several operations are defined on sets. The union of two sets A and B is a set that

contains all the elements that are in A together with all the elements that are in B. The intersection of

A and B is the set that contains elements that are in both A and B. The difference of A and B is the set

that contains all the elements of A except for those elements that are also in B.

Suppose that A and B are variables of type set in Java. The mathematical operations on A and B can

be computed using methods from the Set interface. In particular:

A.addAll(B) computes the union of A and B; A.retainAll(B) computes the intersection of A and B;

and A.removeAll(B) computes the difference of A and B. (These operations change the contents of

the set A, while the mathematical operations create a new set without changing A, but that difference

is not relevant to this exercise.)

For this exercise, you should write a program that can be used as a “set calcula-

96 | P a g e
tor” for simple operations on sets of non-negative integers. (Negative integers are not allowed.) A set

of such integers will be represented as a list of integers, separated by commas and, optionally, spaces

and enclosed in square brackets. For example: [1,2,3] or [17, 42, 9, 53,108]. The characters +, *, and -

will be used for the union, intersection, and difference operations. The user of the program will type

in lines of input containing two sets, separated by an operator. The program should perform the

operation and print the resulting set.

Here are some examples:

Input Output

------------------------- -------------------

[1, 2, 3] + [3, 5, 7] [1, 2, 3, 5, 7]

[10,9,8,7] * [2,4,6,8] [8]

[ 5, 10, 15, 20 ] - [ 0, 10, 20 ] [5, 15]

To represent sets of non-negative integers, use sets of type TreeSet<Integer>. Read the user’s input,

create two TreeSets, and use the appropriate TreeSet method to perform the requested operation on

the two sets. Your program should be able to read and process any number of lines of input. If a line

contains a syntax error, your program should not crash. It should report the error and move on to the

next line of input. (Note: To print out a Set, A, of Integers, you can just say System.out.println(A).

We’ve chosen the syntax for sets to be the same as that used by the system for outputting a set.)

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 5 (Module-IV)

Program-1:

Password Checker:

Write a program that repeatedly asks the user for a proposed password until the user enters an acceptable

password. When the user enters an acceptable password, the program writes a message and exits.

Acceptable passwords:

97 | P a g e
Are at least 7 characters long.

Contain both upper and lower case alphabetic characters. Contain at least 1 digit. The logic of this

program can be quite tricky. Hint: use toUpperCase(), toLowerCase, and equals(). You will also need

nested ifs.

Here is a run of the program:

Enter your password:

snowflake

That password is not acceptable.

Enter your password:

SnowFlake

That password is not acceptable.

Enter your password:

snowflake47

That password is not acceptable.

Enter your password:

Snowflake47

Acceptable password.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 6 (Module-IV)

Program-1:

Secret Code:

A text message has been encoded by replacing each character of the message with an integer. Each

integer is an index into a key-phrase that contains all the lower case letters of the alphabet as well as

the space character. The key-phrase may contain the same character in several locations. The encoded

text is series of integers, like this:

98 | P a g e
35 10 10 33 9 24 3 17 41 8 3 20 51 16 38 44 47 32 33 10 19 38 35 28 49

To decode the message, look up each integer in the key-phrase and output the corresponding

character. For example, say that the key-phrase is this (the index of each character has been written

above it):

111111111122222222223333333333444444444455

0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901

six perfect quality black jewels amazed the governor

using each integer from the encoded text as an index into the phrase results in the decoded message:

attack the bridge at dawn

Write a program that decodes a secret message contained in a text file. The first line of the text file

contains the key-phrase. Then the file contains a sequence of integers, each of which indexes the key-

phrase. Find the character corresponding to each integer and output the secret message. Note if a

character character such as 'e' occurs several places in the key-phrase it may be encoded as different

integers in different parts of the secret message.

(The recipient of the secret message gets only the file of integers and must put the key-phrase at the top

of the file.) For example, here is the contents of a secret message file ready for the program:

six perfect quality black jewels amazed the governor

35 10 10 33 9 24 3 17 41 8 3 20 51 16 38 44 47 32 33 10 19 38 35 28 49

Here is a sample run of the program:

C:\> java Decode < secretFile.txt

attack the bridge at dawn

You will need the charAt() method of String.

Here is another secret message file, with key-phrase inserted, that you can use to test your program:

six perfect quality black jewels amazed the governor

31 16 2 3 4 42 48 7 27 9 10 43 12 13 35 15 1 40 18 3

20 15 33 23 24 32 26 29 28 27 21 31 25 14 34 14 36

42 38 19 40 41 27 3 44 50 46 42 48 49 50 6

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

99 | P a g e
https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 7 (Module-V)

Program-1:

Stop Word Remover:

Write a program that reads in a file of text, perhaps the text of a novel. The program copies the same

text to an output file, except that all the useless words such as "the", "a", and "an" are removed. (Decide

on what other words you with to remove. The list of words removed is called a stop list.) Do this by

reading the text file token by token using hasNext() and next(), but only writing out tokens not on the

stop list.

Prompt the user for the names of the input and output files.

Fairly Easy: The output file will have only N tokens per line. Do this by counting tokens as you output

them. N will be something like 10 or 12.

Improved Program: Preserve the line structure of the input file. Do this by reading each line using

nextLine() and then creating a new Scanner for that line. (Look at the on-line documentation for

Scanner.) With each line's Scanner, use hasNext() and next() to scan through its tokens.

Harder: Write out no more than N characters per line. N will be something like 50. Do this by keeping

count of the number of characters written out per line. The length() method of String will be useful. If

X characters has already been written to the current line, and if X plus the length of the current token

exceeds N, then start a new line.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 8 (Module-V)

Program-1:

E-Mail Address Extractor:

Write a program that scans a text file for possible e-mail addresses. Addresses look like this:

[email protected]

100 | P a g e
Read tokens from the input file one by one using hasNext() and next(). With the default delimiters of

Scanner, an entire e-mail address will be returned as one token. Examine each token using the indexOf()

method of String. If a token contains an at sign @ followed some characters later by a period, regard it

as a possible e-mail address and write it to the output file.

Programs such as this scan through web pages looking for e-mail addresses that become the targets of

spam. Because of this, many web pages contain disguised e-mail addresses that can't easily be

automatically extracted.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 9 (Module-VI)

Program-1:

User-friendly Fat Calculator, with Advice:

Further modify the calories from fat calculator so that it includes another TextField that will be set with

the text "Too many fat calories" if the percentage of calories from fat is equal or greater than 30 percent,

or to "Healthy amount of fat" if the percentage is less than that.

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 10 (Module-VI)

Program-1:

Three Button Monte:

Write a program to implement a game:

There are three buttons in the frame. Two of the buttons cause the program to quit using System.exit(0);

the remaining button changes the frame to green (a win!) The winning button is different each time the

game is played.

101 | P a g e
The easy way to do this (although it seems unfair to the user) treats each button the same way. The

actionPerformed() method does not check which button was clicked. When any button is clicked, the

method picks a random integer from 0 to 2 and performs the "winning" action if the integer happens to

be 0. Otherwise, it performs the "losing" action. To the user, it seems like there is a "winning" button

and two "losing" buttons. But, in fact, it does not matter which button was clicked.

This is similar to some electronic gambling devices in casinos, where it appears to the user that there

are "winning moves" and "losing moves" but in fact the machine actually ignores what the user has

done and just declares a "win" every now and then, according to predetermined odds.

You will need the Random class:

Random randNum = new Random(); // create a Random number object

...

int someInt = randNum.nextInt(3); // someInt gets a number from 0 to 2

Program-2 and Program-3:

Two suggested competitive programs to solve on HackerRank

https://www.hackerrank.com/domains/java

Practice 11 (Module-VII)

Content Delivery with Networking:

Write a Client-Server program where the client queries with a name of file and the server delivers the

content of requested files to the client over the network.

(Improve the program by making the server multi-threaded)

Practice 12 (Module-VII)

Greet the user with Remote Method Invocation:

Write a program using RMI, where the user invokes a method on remote object with username as

parameter and receives a greeting message based on time of the day along with username.

Projects
However, not limited to:

102 | P a g e
 1. Chat application
2. Text Editor application
3. GUI based Scientific Calculator
4. Paint application
5. Slam book
(*PROJECT REVIEWS WILL COMMENCE BEYOND CLASS HOURS)
Monitoring:
Credit will be received only on making an honest effort. It is expected that students will
finish watching all lecture video and complete all challenge problems by the end of each
lecture week.
Borrowing code from other sources is allowed only with proper attribution and credit given
to the original author(s).

List of Common Programs to solve using Java:

● Program to calculate area of a triangle

● Program to solve quadratic equation
● Program to swap two zariables (with and without using third variable)
● Program to generate random numbers in various ways
● Program to convert miles to kilometers and vice-versa
● Program to convert celsius to fahrenheit and vice-versa
● Program to check if a number is odd or even
● Program to check if input year is leap year
● Program to test primality
● Program to print all prime numbers in an interval using "Sieve of Eratosthenes"
● Program to generate factorial of all elements in an array
● Program to display the multiplication table up to 20
● Program to print the fibonacci sequence
● Program to check armstrong number, perfect number, Harshad number
● Program to generate armstrong numbers in an Interval
● Program to find the sum of Harshad numbers in an interval
● Program to display powers of two Using lambda
● Program to perform conversions among decimal to binary, octal and hexadecimal
● Program to display ASCII table
● Program to find HCF/GCD and LCM
● Program to find factors of given natural number
● Program to make a simple calculator
● Program to shuffle deck of cards
● Program to generate fibonacci sequence using recursion
● Program to find sum of natural numbers using recursion

103 | P a g e
 ● Program to find factorial of number using recursion
● Program to convert decimal to binary using recursion
● Program to add two matrices
● Program to obtain transpose of a matrix
● Program to multiply two matrices
● Program to check if a string is palindrome
● Program to remove punctuations from a string
● Program to sort words lexicographically
● Program to illustrate different set operations
● Program to count frequency of each vowel in a string
● Program to find hash value of a file

Note: 1 credit theory=12 hrs lecture, 1 credit practice/project=15 hrs lab/workshop/field

work in a semester

This course on courseware: http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/courses/java-technologies/

104 | P a g e
 Embedded System Programming with ARM-Cortex
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1039 Embedded System Programming with 6 3-2-1
ARM-Cortex

Course Objectives

 To allow students in Embedded System sectors to learn programming / Interfacing

peripherals to ARM Cortex based Microcontroller

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Gain Knowledge about the architectural

CO1 features and instructions of 32 bit ARM PO1(3)
Cortex M3 microcontroller.

Understand the basic hardware

CO2 components and their selection method PO2(3)
based on the characteristics and
attributes of an Embedded System.
Understand various Sensors, Actuators
CO3 PO3(2), PO5 (2)
& Interfacing Modules.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: EMBEDDED C (4 Hrs)
Embedded System, Programming Embedded system, Factor for selecting the Programing
language, Embedded C programming Language, Embedded C vs C.
Practice:
1. Familiarization with tools (STM32CubeMX, Keilu Vision IDE, Flash Magic & Proteus
Simulator).
2. Programming STM32 using Keilu Vision& STM32CubeMX.
Module II: ARM-32 bit MICROCONTROLLER (6 Hrs)
ARM Design Philosophy & RISC Architecture, Programmer's Model. ARM Cortex M, Cortex
M Architecture, ARM Cortex-M Internals & Debugging.
Practice:
1. Familiarization with Different Processors and Controllers Boards (8, 16, 32, 64 bits)
Module III: STM32 GPIO MANAGEMENT (14 Hrs)
GPIO Configuration, Driving De-initialization, Interfacing IO devices and its type – LEDs,
Switches, Buzzer, Seven Segment Display, LCD (4 bit, 8 bit Mode), Keypad (4*4), DC Motor,
Stepper Motor, Servo motor, Relay.

105 | P a g e
Practice:
1.Write an Embedded C program to interface LEDs with STM32.
2.Write an Embedded C program to interface Switch with STM32.
3.Write an Embedded C Program to design up counter & down counter using Seven Segment
Display. (1 digit, 2 digit)
4.Write an Embedded C program to interface buzzer to control with the help of Switch.
5.Write an Embedded C program to display characters on Alphanumeric LCD.
6.Write an Embedded C program to interface Keypad and LCD with STM32.
7.Write an Embedded C program to interface DC Motors, Stepper Motor, and Servo Motor
rotate clockwise, anticlockwise and in angle (45o, 90o, 180o).
8.Write an Embedded C program to interface relay to control the AC Appliances.

Module IV: STM32 INTERRUPT MANAGEMENT & UART (14 Hrs)

NVIC Controller, Enabling Interrupt, Interrupt Priority Levels, UART Initialization, UART
communication in polling Mode & in Interrupt Mode. Wireless Technologies- Bluetooth, Wi-
Fi, RF.
Practice:
1.Write an embedded C program to generate an Interrupt process using STM32.
2.Write an Embedded C program to interface STM32 to Bluetooth Module to send & receive
Data.
3.Write an Embedded C program to interface STM32 to GPS module to get a Location
Coordinate.
4.Write an Embedded C program to interface STM32 to GSM module to Send & Receive SMS.
5.Write an Embedded C program RF module with STM32 to send and receive the data
wirelessly.
6.Write and Embedded C program to design a system to read the RFID cards using STM32.
7.Write and Embedded C program to connect ESP8266 with STM32 to create a Webserver.

Module V: STM32 TIMERS , ADC, & DAC (10 Hrs)

Timers Basics, General Purpose Timer, SysTick Timer, ADC & DAC Basics, Initialization,
DAC Peripherals & Modules. Analog Sensors and its Types(Ultrasonic Sensor, Temperature,
Humidity, Soil Moisture Sensor, PIR sensor)
Practice:
1.Write an Embedded C Programs to generate Delay using Timer.
2.Write an Embedded C program to display output for given analog input using internal ADC.
(Use of Analog Sensors like Ultrasonic Sensor, Temperature, Humidity, Soil Moisture Sensor,
PIR sensor)
3.Write an embedded C program to generate Triangular and Square waves using DAC.
Module VI: STM32 I2C & SPI (10 Hrs)
I2C specification, Protocol configuration, I2C Peripherals. SPI Specification, Protocol
configuration, it's Peripheral and Modules.
Practice:
1.Write an Embedded C program to build I2C communication between STM32 and Arduino
2.Write an Embedded C program to build SPI communication STM32 to the Arduino board.

106 | P a g e
Module VII: PWM & CAN (8 Hrs)
RTC feature and its Module, CAN Protocols Overview, Application, Architecture, Data
Transmission & Data Frames.
Practice:
1.Write an Embedded C program to implement a Real-Time Clock.
2.Write an Embedded C program to Speed Control of DC motor using PWM.
3.Write an Embedded C program to change the intensity of Light using PWM.
Text Books:

1. Shibu K V, ―Introduction to Embedded Systems , Tata McGraw Hill Education

Private Limited, 2nd Edition
2. Noviello, Carmine. "Mastering STM32." Obtenido de http://www2. keil.
com/mdk5/uvision,2017.
3. Norris, Donald. Programming with STM32: Getting Started with the Nucleo Board and
C/C++. McGraw Hill Professional, 2018.

Reference Books:

1. STM32F10xx User Manual

2. https://www.udemy.com/course/stm32cubemx-complete-
training/learn/lecture/9606338#overview
1.https://www.udemy.com/course/embedded-c-programming-for-embedded-systems/

107 | P a g e
 VLSI Design
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1040 VLSI Design 6 3-2-1

Course Objective

 The objective of the course is to provide understanding of the entire logic design
process with the analysis from combinational and sequential digital circuit design.
 Provide understanding of the techniques essential to the Verilog programming for
Verification and Testing.
 To learn the architecture of most prominent vendor in the FPGA market, Xilinx
FPGAs and Altera FPGAs.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Knowledge on Analytical combinational

CO1 PO1 (3), PO2(2)
and sequential circuit design concepts

CO2 Develop design for FSMs & ASMs for PO2(3), PO3 (3)
the given problems.
Write Verilog code, compile, simulate
CO3 and execute on any VLSI design PO5 (3)
platform.
Apply Verilog HDL for FPGA
Programming.
CO4 Implement Digital Circuits on Xilinx PO5 (3)
FPGAs and Altera FPGAs using Verilog
HDL.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: Introduction to VERILOG (10 hrs)

Introduction to Verilog HDL & Hierarchical Modeling Concepts, Lexical Conventions

&Datatypes, System Tasks & Compiler Directives, Modules, Ports and Module Instantiation
Methods, Modeling methods, Design Verification using Test benches

Practice
1. Introduction to Xilinx EDA Tool.
2. Introduction to XST Tool and ISIM Tool

108 | P a g e
3. Xilinx Tool Flow: Simulation and Synthesis
4. Module and Ports in Verilog
5. Data Types in Verilog Programing.
Module II: Boolean Algebra and Logic Minimization
(8hrs)

Binary Arithmetic and 1’s and 2’s Complementation, Basic Theorems and Properties,
Canonical and Standard Form, AlgebraicSimplification of Digital Logic Gates,The Karnaugh
Map Method, Prime and Essential Implications, Don’t Care Map Entries.

Practice

1. Gate level Modelling in Verilog.

2. Data flow Modelling in Verilog.
3. Behavioral Modelling in Verilog.

Module III: Combinational Circuit Design (12hrs)

Arithmetic Circuits: Adder/Subtractor Circuits, Ripple Carry Adder, Universal Ripple carry
Adder, BCD Adder, Multipliers Comparators, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder
and Priority Encoder, Code Converters: Binary to Gray, Binary to BCD.

1. Design of Arithmetic Circuits using Verilog.

2. Design of Encoder and Decoder using Verilog.
3. Design of Data selector and Data Distributor using Verilog.
4. Design of comparator and Code converters using Verilog.

Module IV: Sequential Circuit Design (14hrs)

Latch, Flip-Flop: S-R,D,J-K,T, Flip-Flop Conversion and Excitations Counter: Asynchronous

and Synchronous counter Design, Register: SISO, SIPO,PISO and PIPO, Universal Shift
Register, Johnson counter and Ring Counter.

Practice

1. Design SR and D-Flip Flop Using Continuous and Procedural Assignments.

2. Design JK-Flip Flop and T-Flip Flop Using Verilog.
3. Design Shift Registers (SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO) using Verilog.
4. Design Ripple Counter and Up/Down Synchronous Binary Counter Using Verilog.

Module V: State Machines (10 hrs)

Basic Finite state machines (FSM) structures, Mealy and Moore type FSM,Design of controller
and Data path units, Controller Design using FSMs & ASMs

Practice

109 | P a g e
1. Design of Sequence Detectors allowing overlapping as well as non-overlapping.
2. Design of Mealy and Moore type FSM using Verilog.
3. Design of data controller using ASM.

Module VI: FPGA Architecture and Prototyping (5 hrs)

Introduction to Programmable Logic and FPGAs, Popular CPLD & FPGA Families,
Architecture of Xilinx and Altera FPGAs

Practice

1. Proto-typing of a design using FPGA Design Kit

Module VII: Synthesis and Timing
(6hrs)

FPGA Design Flow,Implementation Details Advanced FPGA Design tips, Logic Synthesis for
FPGA, Static Timing Analysis

Practice

1.Design mapping and optimization

2.Analyze and resolve design problems
3.Report generation
4.Verilog gate-level netlist generation and post-synthesis timing data (SDF) extraction
5.Design constraints generation for placement and routing

Text Books:

1. M.Morris Mano., “Digital Design”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition.

2. Palnitkar, S. (2003). Verilog HDL: a guide to digital design and synthesis (Vol. 1).
Prentice Hall Professional.

Reference Books:

1. Kohavi, Z., & Jha, N. K. (2009). Switching and finite automata theory. Cambridge
University Press.
2. Jain, R. P. (2003). Modern digital electronics. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

110 | P a g e
 Electromagnetic Field Theory & Transmission Lines
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1042 Electromagnetic Field Theory & 3 2-1-0
Transmission Lines

Course Objective
 To introduce the fundamental theory and concepts of electromagnetic waves and
transmission lines
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of electrostatics, electric potential, energy
density and their applications.
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of magneto statics, magnetic flux density,
scalar and vector potential and its applications.
 To impart knowledge on the concepts of Faraday‘s law, induced emf and Maxwell‘s
equations.
 Model and design the transmission lines at high frequencies.
 To apply Smith chart use for solution of transmission line problems and impedance
matching.

Course Outcome

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Knowledge on principles of
electrostatics to the solutions of
problems relating to electric field and
electric potential, principles of
electrostatics to the solutions of
CO1 PO1(3), PO2(2), PO3(2)
problems relating to boundary
conditions and electric energy density,
the principles of magneto statics to the
solutions of problems relating to
magnetic field and magnetic potential,

Apply Maxwell‘s equations to solutions

of problems relating to transmission
CO2 PO3(3), PO4(2)
lines and uniform plane wave
propagation.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: Electrostatics (3hrs Theory + 2hrs Practice)
Introduction to Electrostatic Fields, Gauss's Law and Applications, Electric Potential,

111 | P a g e
Maxwell’s Two Equations for Electrostatic Fields , Electric Current and Current Density,
Continuity Equation, Relaxation Time, Laplace’s and Poisson’s Equations.
Practice:
1. To Calculate the Electric field of a dipole using Coulomb's law in Matlab
2. Simulation of Electric Potential and Electric Field in Matlab

Module II: Magnetostatics (3hrs Theory + 2hrs Practice)

Biot-Savart Law: Current Flow – which path does it take, Ampere’s Circuital Law, Magnetic
Flux Density: Closed Loop Circuits, Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces due to
Magnetic Fields, Inductances and Magnetic Energy.
Practice:
1. Magnetic field by an infinitely long line current using matlab
2. Magnetic field of a Circular current loop using Biot Savart's Law
Module III: Maxwell’s Equations (3hrs Theory + 1hr Practice)
Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions.
Practice:
1. Maxwell's Equation using matlab
Module IV: Electromagnetic Waves (3hrs Theory + 4hrs Practice)
Wave Equations for Conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane Waves, Wave
Propagation in Lossless and Conducting Media, Polarization, Reflection and Refraction of
Plane Waves – Normal and Oblique Incidences for both Perfect Conductor and Perfect
Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection, Surface Impedance.
Poynting Vector and Poynting Theorem.
Practice:
1. Linear and Circular Polarization of waves using matlab
2. 1-D standing wave using matlab
3. 2-D standing wave (TE) using matlab
4. 2-D standing wave (TM) using matlab
5. Design of Wireless Power Transfer using matlab

Module V: Introduction to Transmission Line Modelling (3hrs Theory + 3hrs Practice)

Introduction to Transmission line equations, Primary & Secondary constants Expressions for
Characteristic Impedance, Propagation Constant, Phase and Group Velocities,
Losslessness/Low Loss Characterization, Distortion , Loading, Transmission Line Effects, SC
and OC Lines, Reflection Coefficient, VSWR, λ/8, λ/4, λ/2 line impedance Transformations,
Smith Chart – Configuration and Applications, Impedance Control.
Practice:
1. Reflection and transmission of a plane wave (S-wave)
2. Reflection and transmission of a plane wave (P-wave)
3. Radiation by an infinitesimal dipole

Module VI: Waveguides (3hrs

Theory)
Introduction, Rectangular Waveguides, electric and magnetic field patterns in TE10 and TE11
mode configuration, modes of TE wave in rectangular waveguide, field equations,
impossibility of TEM wave propagation in waveguides, cutoff frequency of rectangular
waveguide, propagation constant, wave impedance, phase velocity, group velocity, dominant
mode and degenerate modes, related problems.

112 | P a g e
Module VII: Electromagnetic Computational Techniques (3hrs
Theory)
Introduction, Finite Difference Method (FDM), Finite Element Method (FEM) and Method of
moments (MOM) technique.

Text Books:
1. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford Univ. Press.
2. G.S.N.Raju, “Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines”, Pearson
Education (Singapore) Pvt., Ltd.
Reference:
 E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”,
PHI.
 Seungbum Hong, "Electrodynamics: An Introduction", Coursera.
 Seungbum Hong, "Electrodynamics: Electric and Magnetic Field", Coursera.
 Seungbum Hong, "Electrodynamics: In-depth Solutions for Maxwell’s Equations",
Coursera.
 Husain Habib, "Electromagnetic Tutorials part 1 with MATLAB & GeoGebra",
Udemy.

113 | P a g e
 Network Analysis
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1043 Network Analysis 3 2-1-0

Course Objective

 To learn techniques of solving circuits involving different active and passive

elements.
 To deliver problem solving skills on circuits through the application of simulation
& programming techniques and principles to common circuit problems.
 To analyze the behavior of the circuit’s response in time domain.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Apply the knowledge of basic circuital law

CO1 and simplify the network using reduction PO1 ( 3),PO2(3)
techniques.
Gain the analytical skills to solve the circuit
CO2 using Network laws and simplification PO2(3), PO3(3)
techniques.

Students will be able to solve problems to

CO3 PO5(3)
find the parameters of the circuit.

Use of software tools to design and analyse

CO4 PO3(3)
using software and hardware tools.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I (4 hrs)
Network Topology
Graph of a network, Concept of tree, Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix, Cut-set matrix,
Formulation and solution of network equilibrium equations on loop and node basis
Practice
1.Incidence Matrix Formulation
2.Tie-set Matrix Formulation
3.Cut-set Matrix Formulation
Module II (5 hrs)
Network Theorems
Substitution theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Tellegen’s
theorem, Millman’s theorem, Compensation theorem

114 | P a g e
Practice
1.Verification of Reciprocity theorem
2.Verification of Tellegen’s theorem
3.Verification of Milliman’s theorem
4.Verification of Maximum power transfer theorem
5.Verification of Compensation theorem

Module III
Coupled Circuits (5
hrs)
Theory
Coupled Circuits, Dot Convention for representing coupled circuits, Coefficient of coupling,
Series and parallel resonant circuits: Band Width and Q-factor

Practice
6.Self-inductance, mutual inductance and coefficient of coupling to be determined for a 1-Ø
transformer representing coupled circuit.
7.Frequency response of a series and parallel resonant circuit by laboratory set up.

Module IV (5
hrs)
Network Laplace Transform
Application of Laplace transform: Circuit Analysis (Steady State and Transient)
Practice:
8.Analysis of transient characteristics using Matlab
9.AC and DC transient response analysis for RL,RC and RLC circuits

Module V (5
hrs)
Two Port Network
Z, Y, ABCD and h-parameters, Reciprocity and Symmetry, Interrelation of two-port
parameters, Interconnection of two-port networks
Practice:
10.Determination of Z parameters
11.Determination of Y parameters
12.Determination of h parameters
13.Determination of ABCD parameters
Module VI (4 hrs)
Filters
Brief idea about network filters (Low pass, High pass, Band pass and Band elimination) and
their frequency response

Practice:

115 | P a g e
14.Design and frequency response analysis of Low Pass filter
15.Design and frequency response analysis of High Pass filter
16.Design and frequency response analysis of Band Pass filter
17.Design and frequency response analysis of Band elimination filter

Module VII
Fourier Series (5 hrs)
Theory
Fourier series, Fourier analysis and evaluation of coefficients, Steady state response of network
to periodic signals, Fourier transform and convergence, Fourier transform of some functions
Practice:
18.Fourier series expansion of Square wave
19.Fourier series expansion of Sine wave

Text Books:
1. M. E. VAN VALKENBURG- Network Analysis, PHI Publications
2. A K Chakraborty, “Network Theory,” DhanpatRai Publication
3. MAHMOOD NAHVI – Electric Circuits, SCHAUM’S Outlines Fifth Edition

Reference Books:
1. Smarajit Ghosh- Network Theory Analysis & Synthesis, MC Graw Hill Publishers
2. Dr. B.R.GUPTA-Network Analysis & Synthesis, S.Chand

116 | P a g e
 Energy Production & Transmission
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1051 Energy Production & Transmission 3 2-1-0

Course Objective

 To understand power generation and economics

 To design the transmission line parameters
 To understand the mechanical design of transmission lines

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Able to gain Knowledge on

CO1 installation power plans and PO1 ( 3), PO2 (2)
electrical transmission equipment
Able to identify and resolve the
CO2 PO2(3),
problems on electric power system
Use of software/design tools to
CO3 PO3(3)
design the conventional power plant
Able to produce sustainable energy
CO4 PO7(3)
for future

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Thermal & Nuclear Power Plants (6Hours)

Introduction: Statistics of generation of electric power from Conventional and non

conventional sources of energy, Thermal & Nuclear power station: Schematic arrangement,
Types of prime movers, types of reactors, speed control & auxiliaries, Environmental aspects
for selecting the sites and locations, Hazards.
Practice:
1.Schematic Layout design Thermal Plant using AutoCad
2.Schematic Layout design Nuclear Plant using AutoCad

Module II: Hydro & Wind power plants (4Hours)

Hydro power station: Schematic arrangement, Hydro turbines, Environmental aspects for
selecting the sites and locations of hydro power stations, small hydro for irrigation, Wind power
generation.
Practice:

117 | P a g e
3.Schematic Layout design of Hydro Plant using AutoCad

Module III: Power Generation Tariffs (5Hours)

Tariff and Economic aspects in power Generation: Terms commonly used in system operation,
various factors affecting cost of generation: Load curves, load duration curves, Connected load,
maximum load, Peak load, base load and peak load power plants, load factor, Plant capacity
factor, Plant use factor, Demand factor, diversity factor, Cost of power plant.
Practice: MATLAB
4.Preparation of Load calculator using MATLAB

Module IV: Transmission systems (4 Hours)

Supply System: Different kinds of supply system and their comparison, choice of transmission
voltage. Transmission Lines: Configurations, types of conductors, resistance of line, skin
effect, Kelvin’s law, Proximity effect,

Module V: Transmission line Parameters (5 Hours)

Calculation of inductance and capacitance of single phase, three phase, single circuit and
double circuit transmission lines, Representation and performance of short, medium and long
transmission lines, T & Pi networks, ABCD parameters, Ferranti effect, Surge impedance
loading.
Practice:
5.Designing of transmission line parameters using MATLAB

Module VI: Transmission line operation & Insulators (5Hours)

Phenomenon of corona, corona formation, calculation of potential gradient, corona loss,

factors affecting corona , methods of reducing corona and interference Electrostatic and
electromagnetic interference with communication lines.
Overhead line Insulators:
Type of insulators and their applications, potential distribution over a string of insulators,
methods of equalizing the potential, string efficiency.
Practice:
6.Designing of Insulators and calculation of voltages using MATLAB

Module VII: Design of cables (4 Hours)

Calculation of sag & tension, affects of wind and ice loading, sag template, vibration dampers.
Under Ground Insulated cables: Type of cables and their construction, dielectric stress, grading
of cables, insulation resistance, capacitance of single phase and three phase cables, dielectric
loss, heating of cables, Transmission line tower designs
Practice:
7.Designing of Cables

118 | P a g e
Text Books:

1. Electrical power Generation, Transmission and Distribution S.N. Singh PHI 2nd
Edition, 2009

Reference Books:

2. A Text Book on Power System Engineering A.Chakrabarti, DhanpathRai 2nd Edition

119 | P a g e
 Substation Switch Gear &Protection
Code Course Title (Credit) T-P-PJ
CUTM1052 Substation Switch Gear &Protection 4 2-1-1

Course Objective

 To understand the different components of substation.

 To understand the protection of different equipment in power system.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs (High-

COs Course outcomes
3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to apply functional Knowledge
CO1 on different protection system in PO1 ( 3)
power system
Able to identify and troubleshoot the
CO3 PO2(3), PO4(3)
fault in system
Acquire hands on skill in substation
CO4 PO4 ( 3), PO3(3)
switchgear operation

COURSE CONTENT
Module I: Substation Systems (6 Hours)

Introduction to Substation System: Definition of substation, necessity of substation, essential

features, types of substation, single line diagram of substation, List and functions of each
component of substation. Auxiliary systems, Over head earthing screen, Sub-station earthing
system.

Practice:
1.Layout Design of 220KV substation using MATLAB
2.Layout Design of 400KV & 750KV substation using MATLAB as per IEEE standards

Module II: Operation & Maintenance of Substations (10 Hours)

Testing and maintenance of Bus Bars, and Isolators: Types and ratings – Bus bar configuration,
Tests on Bus bars. Types of isolators and ratings, Load Break switches, Maintenance of
isolators, testing and maintenance of Power Transformers, Current and Voltage Transformers
and Insulators: Preliminary tests, Final tests, Impulse test, Partial discharge test, Transformer
maintenance. Current Transformer tests, Potential Transformer tests. CT and PT maintenance,
Tests and maintenance of insulator

120 | P a g e
Practice:
3.Maintenance tests of CT & PT of substation as per manufacturers Hand book
4.Maintenance tests of Lightening Arrestor & Circuit Breaker of substation as per
manufacturers Hand book
6.Maintenance tests of transformer as per manufacturers Hand book

Module III: Protection& System components (5 Hours)

Need for protective schemes, Nature and Cause of Faults, Types of Fault, Effects of Faults,
Zones of Protection, Primary and Backup Protection, Essential Qualities of Protection,
Classification of Protective Relays, Automatic Reclosing, Current Transformers for protection,
Voltage Transformers for Protection.

Module IV: Relays (4 Hours)

Introduction,-Electromechanical Relays, Static Relays – Merits and Demerits of Static

Relays, Numerical Relays, Comparison between Electromechanical Relays and Numerical
Relays.

Practice:
7.Designing of a Digital Relay

Module V: Relay Operations (7 Hours)

Introduction, Time – current Characteristics, Current Setting, Time Setting, Overcurrent

Protective Schemes, Reverse Power or Directional Relay, Protection of Parallel Feeders,
Protection of Ring Mains, Earth Fault and Phase Fault Protection, Combined Earth Fault and
Phase Fault Protective Scheme, Phase Fault Protective Scheme, Directional Earth Fault Relay,
Static Overcurrent Relays, Numerical Overcurrent Relays.

Module VI: Protection control systems (5Hours)

Pilot Relaying Schemes: Introduction, Wire Pilot Protection, Carrier Current Protection
Numerical Differential Relays: Simple Differential Protection, Percentage or Biased
Differential Relay, Differential Protection of 3 Phase Circuits, Balanced (Opposed) Voltage
Differential Protection.
Rotating Machines Protection: Introduction, Protection of Generators
Transformer and Buszone Protection: Introduction, Transformer Protection, Buszone
Protection, Frame Leakage Protection
Practice:
8.Design of Protection Scheme using MATLAB

Module VII: Circuit Breakers (8 Hours)

Introduction, Fault Clearing Time of a Circuit Breaker, Arc Voltage, Arc Interruption,
Restriking Voltage and Recovery Voltage, Current Chopping, Interruption of Capacitive
Current, Classification of Circuit Breakers, Air – Break Circuit Breakers, Oil Circuit Breakers,
Air – Blast Circuit Breakers, SF6 Circuit Breakers, Vacuum Circuit Breakers, High Voltage
Direct Current Circuit Breakers, Rating of Circuit Breakers, Testing of Circuit Breakers.

121 | P a g e
Practice:
9.Design & simulation of Circuit breaker using 3DS Tools
Project:
10Analysis of critically operating power system using MATLAB/DYMOLA

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Power System Protection Y.G.Paithankar S.R. Bhide PHI 1 st Edition,

2009

Reference Books:

1. Power System Protection and Switchgear, BhuvaneshOza et al McGraw Hill 1 st

Edition, 2010

122 | P a g e
 System Modeling & Control
Code Course Title (Credit) T-P-PJ
CUTM1053 System Modeling and Control 4 3-1-0

Course Objectives

 To teach how to convert a physical systems consist of mechanical and electrical

system into a mathematical model.
 Analysis of a live system in time domain and frequency domain and application of
controllers to get the desired response.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain Knowledge on action of
CO1 controller and its application to control a PO1 ( 3),
system
CO2 Able to analyze the system and controller PO2(3), PO5(2)
Acquire skill of designing automatic control
CO3 system and controller for a particular PO3(3)
application.

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Introduction (6 Hours)

Introduction to Control Systems: Basic Concepts of Control Systems, Open loop and closed
loop systems; Servo mechanisms,Laplace transform, Transfer functions, Concept of Pole and
Zero.
Practice: Hardware/MATLAB
1. Study of Temperature control system
2. Using MATLAB, find the poles, zeros, gain and draw the pole-zero plot of the transfer
function.

Module II: System Dynamics (10 Hours)

Mathematical Models of Physical Systems: Differential Equations of Physical Systems,

Mechanical Translational Systems, Rotational systems, Electrical Systems, Analogy between
Mechanical and electrical quantities, Derivation of Transfer functions, Block Diagram
Algebra, Signal Flow Graphs and Mason’s Gain Formula.
Practice: MATLAB
3. Using MATLAB, find the transfer function from given block diagram.

123 | P a g e
Module III: Time Response Analysis (8Hours)

Time Response Analysis: Type Test Signals, Time response of first order systems to unit step
and unit ramp inputs, Time Response of Second order systems to unit step input, Time
Response specifications, Steady State Errors and Static Error Constants of different types of
systems.
Practice: MATLAB/DYMOLA
4. Standard Test Signals
5. Time response of first order systems to unit step and unit ramp inputs
6. Time Response of Second order systems to unit step input
7. Using MATLAB, determine the steady state error of the given system.

Module IV: Stability in Time Domain (4 Hours)

Stability in Time Domain: Stability and Algebraic Criteria, concept of stability, Necessary
conditions of stability, Hurwitz stability criterion, Routh stability criterion and Application of
the Routh stability criterion to linear feedback system

Module V:Root Locus Technique (5 Hours)

Root Locus Technique: Root locus concepts, Rules of Construction of Root locus and
Determination of Roots from Root locus for a specified open loop gain.

Practice: MATLAB
8. Construct the root locus for 2nd&3rd order system and analyze its stability (Gain)

Module VI: Frequency Response Analysis (6Hours)

Frequency Response Analysis: Frequency domain specifications, correlation between Time

and Frequency Response with respect to second order system, Bode plot, Determination of
Gain Margin and Phase Margin from Bode plot.
Practice: MATLAB
9. Construct the bode plot for 2nd and 3rdorder system and analyze its stability (PM & GM)

Module VII: Controllers (4 Hours)

Controllers: Concept of Proportional, Derivative and Integral Control actions, P, PD, PI and
PID controllers.
Practice: MATLAB/DYMOLA
10. Design of P,PD, PI and PID Controller for 2ndor 3rdorder system

Text Books:

1. Saeed S. Hasan, “Automatic Control Systems,”Kataria Publication, 9th Edition-2017.

Reference Books:

1. Nagrath J. and Gopal M., “Control Systems Engineering,” New Age International
Publishers, 6th Edition-2017.
124 | P a g e
 Electrical Machines Operation and Control
Code Course Title T-P-PJ Prerequisite
CUTM1054 Electrical Machines Operation and Basic Electrical
3-1-0
Control Engineering

Course Objective

 To introduce the students about principles of electromagnetism applied to alternating

machines.
 To familiarize the students about the fundamental laws that governs the operation of
machines and to extend its application to synchronous generator and motors.
 To introduce the students about the constraints associated with starting of Induction
motors.
 Develop selection skill to identify the type of generators or motors required for
particular application.
 Highlight the importance of transformers in transmission and distribution of electric power.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs (High-

COs Course outcomes
3, Medium-2, Low-1)
They will get knowledge about
CO1 different electrical machines(both PO1(3), PO4(2)
AC & DC) and their applications.
Able to analyze about the principle
of operation of different electrical
CO2 PO2(3)
machine and their controlling
mechanism
Able to solve the problem related to
CO3 DC & AC Generators, Motors and PO2(3), PO5(2)
Transformers .

COURSE CONTENT
Module-I: D.C. Machines (5 Hrs)

Theory
Construction, Classification and Principle of operation of DC machines.
Theory & testing:-EMF equation of DC generator, DC Motor Characteristics, Speed Equation
of DC Motor. Characteristic for Speed Armature Current, Torque Armature Current and
Speed Torque of (i) Separately Excited DC Motor, (ii) DC Shunt Motor, (iii) DC Series
Motor, and (iv) DC Compound Motor, Comparison between Different types of DC Motors
Application- DC Generator, DC Motor-Types
Practice:

125 | P a g e
1) Determination of OCC (Open Circuit Characteristics) of D.C Shunt Generator.
2) Starting & Speed Control of D.C Shunt motor by (i) Field flux control method & (ii)
armature voltage control method.
3) Starting & Speed Control of D.C Series motor by (i) Field flux control method & (ii)
armature voltage control method.
MODULE II: Stepper Motors (Precision Machines) (6 Hrs)

Theory
Stepper motor drive, basic principles involved in stepper motor control, stepper motor
specification, operation and commercial driver chips and packages, Brushless DC Motors,
Reluctance Motor, Hysteresis Motor
Application in Medical, Automobile, Civil, Electrical etc
Practice:
4) Motor Voltage and Current Measurement.
5) ON-Load Tap changer
Module-III: Induction Motors (8 Hrs)

Theory
Principles of operation of induction motors, both single and 3-phase types. Torque-speed
curves, Different types of single phase motors
Three Phase Induction Motor
Equivalent Circuit and Phasor Diagram, No-Load and Blocked Rotor tests, Determination of
Parameters, Slip-Torque Characteristics Losses and Efficiency, Effect of rotor resistance,
Starting and speed control methods, Cogging, Crawling and Electrical Braking of Induction
Motors.
Applications of three & single phase motors which will assist in picking the right one for an
application.
Practice:
5) Determination of parameter of a single phase induction motor and study of (a) Capacitor
start induction motor (b) Capacitor start and capacitor run induction motor
6) Determination of Efficiency, Plotting of Torque-Slip Characteristics of Three Phase
Induction motor by Brake Test.
7) Load test of a 3 phase slip ring induction motor.

Module-IV: Three Phase Synchronous Generators (7 Hrs)

Theory
Construction, Principle, Coil Pitch, Distributed Windings in A.C. Machines, The Equivalent
Circuit of a Synchronous Generator (Armature Reaction Reactance, Synchronous Reactance
and Impedance). The Phasor Diagram of a Synchronous Generator, Power and Torque in
Synchronous Generators (Power Angle Equation and Power Angle Characteristic)
Practice:
8) Plotting the open circuit and short circuit characteristics of alternator.
9) Calculating the voltage regulation by synchronous impedance method.
10) Calculating the voltage regulation by zero power factor method.

126 | P a g e
Module-V: Parallel Operation Of Three Phase AC Synchronous Generators (4 Hrs)

Theory
Synchronous condenser, Hunting, Paralleling-Conditions, Procedure, Operation of
Generators in Parallel with Infinite bus bar, Effect of excitation, effect of unequal voltage and
steam power supply.
Practice:
11) Connection & verifying the conditions of parallel operation of alternators.
12) Verification of direct axis reactance, quadrature axis reactance
13) Load Sharing during parallel operation using Dymola.
Module-VI: Three Phase Synchronous Motors (6 Hrs)

Theory
Basic Principles of Motor operation, Construction, Starting Synchronous Motors,
Synchronous Motor Ratings, Equivalent circuit & phasor diagram, Effect of excitation on
varying load, power developed in a synchronous motor.
Applications of synchronous motors
Practice:
14) Study of universal motor and shaded pole motor.
15) Use of synchronous motor as a synchronous condenser for p.f improvement.
Module-VII: Single-Phase Transformers (9 Hrs):

Theory
Construction and principle of operation, EMF Equation, Transformation ratio, Practical and
Ideal transformers
Three Phase Transformers: Three-phase transformer connections- Star-star, Two Single-
Phase Transformers connected in Open Delta (V-Connection) and their rating, Delta-star,
Zig-zag connections. Scott connection, Open delta connection. Auto Transformers, Welding
Transformer.
Application of Single & Three Phase transformer

Practice:
16) Prescribed tests of single phase and three phase Transformer.
17) Load balancing in a three phase distribution Transformer.
18) Simulation of open delta condition of Transformer.
TEXT BOOK:

1. Electrical Machines – D P Kothari and I J Nagrath, Fourth Edition – Tata McGraw

Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Electrical Machinery – P S Bimbhra – Khanna Publishers.

2. Electrical Machines - P. K. Mukherjee, S. Chakravarti, Dhanpat Rai & Sons

127 | P a g e
 Industrial Power Electronics
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
CUTM1055 Industrial Power Electronics 4 2-1-1

Course Objective

 They must meet industrial requirement for power electronic engineers.

 They must be gaining adequate practical knowledge on power semiconductor
devices, converters and their control techniques.
 They should know the typical applications to motor drives.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
They will apply their knowledge of the
CO1 electrical characteristics of power PO1(3), PO4(2)
semiconductor devices.
They should have the analytical skill to
CO2 analyze the waveforms for different PO2(3)
converter circuits.

Able to solve the problem related to different

CO3 PO2(3), PO5(2)
converter circuits.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I (6hrs.)
Power Semiconductor Devices
Introduction to power electronics, uncontrolled switches, semi-controlled switches,fully
controlled switches, constructional features, operating principle, characteristics and
specification of power semiconductor devices,hard and soft switching of power
semiconductors switches.
Practice
1. Simulation of V-I characteristics of power diode and power transistor.
2. Simulation of V-I characteristics of MOSFET& IGBT.
3. Simulation of V-I characteristics of silicon-controlled rectifier.

128 | P a g e
Module II (3 hrs.)

Triggering Circuits
R- Triggering, R-C triggering, UJT triggering, design of UJT triggering circuit.
Practice
4. Simulation of R and RC triggering.
5. Simulation of UJT triggering

Module III (8 hrs)

AC to DC Converter
Overview of rectifiers, half wave uncontrolled rectifier with R load and R-L load, use of
freewheeling diode, half wave rectifier R-L load with FWD, full wave bridge uncontrolled
rectifier, half wave controlled rectifier with R load,R-L load and R-L load with free-wheeling
diode, half controlled bridge rectifier, fully controlled bridge rectifier, effect of source
inductance on the performance of ac to dc converters, power factor improvement,harmonic
reduction, filter design.
Practice
6. Simulation of single phase half-wave and full-wave diode rectifier using R & L load.
7. Simulation of single phase fully controlled converter using R & L load.
8. Simulation of single phase semi converter using R-L load.
9. Simulation of 3-phase semi converter with R, R-L and dc motor load with/without
freewheeling diode.
10. Simulation of 3-phase bridge converter with R, R-L and dc motor load with/without
freewheeling diode.

Module IV: (10 hrs.)

DC to DC Converter
Introduction to chopper (Type A,B, C, D, E), switching techniques, step down dcchopper with
R load, R-L-E load, step up dc chopper with R, R-L, R-L-E load, buck regulator, boost
regulator, Buck-boost regulator, CUK and SEPIC converter, commutation of thyristor based
circuits part-I, commutation of thyristor based circuits part-II, introduction to SMPS circuits,
fly back type SMPS, forward type SMPS, design of transformer for SMPS circuits.
Practice
11. Simulation of buck converter.
12. Simulation of boost converter.
13. Simulation of buck boost converter.

Module V (6 hrs.)

DC to AC Converter
Introduction to inverters, importance and application of inverters, single phase half bridge
inverter with R and R-L load, single phase bridge inverter with R and R-L load, three phase

129 | P a g e
inverters, control techniques of inverter, single/multiple pulse width modulation, sinusoidal
pulse width modulation and its realization, CSI, load-commutated CSI, industrial inverter.
Practice
14. Simulation of single-phase inverter & three phase inverter.

Module VI (3 hrs.)

AC to AC Converter
AC voltage controller: Single phase bi-directional controllers with R and R-L load, single phase
cyclo-converters.
Practice
15. Simulation of single phase AC voltage controller & cyclo-converter.

Module VII (9 hrs)

Application of Power Electronics Converters

Analysis of converter fed dc drives, analysis of chopper fed dc drives,analysis of VSI,CSI fed
induction motor drives, automotive & traction system, industries as rolling mills, pumps,
elevators, utility systems as FACTs, smart grid, and renewable energy as wind turbine.
Practice
16.Simulation of converter fed dc drives (Wind Turbines).
17. Simulation of chopper fed dc drives (PV Systems).
18. Simulation of induction motor drives (e-Vehicle).
19.Simulation of railway electrification system using Dymola
Project
1. 500 VA Sine wave Inverter
2. Industrial Battery Charger using SCR
3. Precision Illumination control of Lamp
4. Dual Converter using Thyristors

Text Books:

1. M. H. Rashid,“Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications,” 4th Edition,

Pearson,2017
2. M. D. Singh & K. B. Khanchandani, “Power electronics”, 2 Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill,2008

Reference Books:

1. J. Vithayathil,“Power Electronics: Principles and Applications”,2nd Edition TMH

Edition,1995
2. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins,“Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and
Design” 3rd Edition , 2007

130 | P a g e
 Digital Measurement and Instrumentation
Code Course Title Credit T-P-PJ
Digital Measurement and
CUTM1056 3 2-1-0
Instrumentation

Course Objective

 The main objective of this course is to explain the operation, performance and
application of Digital Measuring Instruments to the students.

Course Outcomes

COs Course outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
CO1 Able to gain knowledge on Digital PO1(3), PO2(2)
circuit analysis.
CO3 Able to solve the problem related to PO1(2), PO2(3)
digital instruments.

CO4 Use of software/design tools to PO5 (3)

design the recent and the
conventional digital instruments.

COURSE CONTENT
Module I (6 hrs)
Philosophy of digital measurements
Time Measurement Techniques: Error analysis in digital measurement, Measurement of time
interval between two events, Error in time interval measurement, Vernier technique for small
time measurement, Measurement of time interval with constraints, Measurement of periodic
time, phase, Quality factor of ringing circuit, Decibel meter, Software controlled measurement.
Practice
1. Error analysis of digital measurement using Matlab
2. Simulation of Quality Factor of ringing circuit
Module II (5 hrs)
Digital frequency measurement techniques
Measurement of frequency, Ratio of two frequencies, Product of two frequencies, High
frequency, average Frequency difference, Deviation of power frequency, Peak frequency. Fast
low-frequency measurement, Digital Tachometer.
Practice
3. Addition and product of different frequencies using Matlab
4. Simulation of digital tachometer using Matlab

131 | P a g e
Module III (5 hrs)
Digitally Programmable Circuits
Single mode switching, Group mode switching, Resistors, Potentiometers, Amplifiers, Schmitt
trigger, Dual polarity gain amplifiers. Programmable gain amplifier with dual output, Two
stage programming, Programmable Biquads.
Practice:
5. Analysis of switching using Matlab
6. Simulation of programmable biquads using Matlab
Module IV (4 hrs)
Digital to Analog Converters
Output Input relation, DACs derived from programmable gain amplifiers, Weighted-resistor
DAC, Weighted current DAC, Weighted reference voltage DAC, Ladder DAC, Switches.
Practice:
7. Simulation of programmable gain amplifier using Matlab
8. Simulation of DAC using Matlab
Module V (5 hrs)
Digital Voltage Measurement Techniques
Sampling theorem, Time-division multiplexing, Quantization, Indirect type A/D converters,
Direct type A/D converters, Input circuitry of a digital voltmeter.
Practice:
9. Simulation of Digital voltmeter using Matlab
10. Analysis and simulation of digital multi-meter.
Module VI (4 hrs)
Digital Instrument
Need for digital instruments, Advantages of digital instruments, Essentials of digital
instrument, Performance characteristics of digital instrument.
Digital Recording Systems
Input Conditioning Equipment, Digitizer, Multiplexer, Programme Pinboard, Linearizer,
Digital Clock, Limit Detectors, Output Devices
Practice:
11. Data fetching using controllers
12. Simulation of digital clock using Matlab
Module VII: (4
hrs)
Signal Generator, Analyzersand Oscilloscopes:
Function Generator, Pulse Generator, RF Signal Generator, Harmonic Distortion Analyzer,
Spectrum Analyzer, Digital Storage CROs
Practice:
13. To study block wise Construction of a Function Generator

132 | P a g e
 14. Measure Voltage, Frequency, Phase and Modulation Index (Trapezoidal Method)
using CRO
15. Demonstrate features of Digital Storage Oscilloscope
16. Measure unknown Frequency using Lissajous Patterns

Text Books:
1. T. S. Rathore- Digital Measurement Techniques, Alpha Science International Ltd
2. David A. Bell - Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Oxford Univ. Press,
1997
3. K. Sawhney – A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & Co

Reference Books:
1. PrithwirajPurkait- Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation, MC
Graw Hill Publishers
2. H.S. Kalsi-Electronic Instrumentation, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010
3. R. K. Rajput- Electrical & Electronic measurement and Instrumentation, S. Chand
Publication
4. K. Lal Kishore- Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, Pearson Education
2010

133 | P a g e
 Basic Electrical Engineering
Code Course Title (Credit) T-P-PJ
CUTM1057 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 1-1-0

Course Objective

 In this course, student will come to know about the Basics of Electrical Engineering,
Currents and Voltages across various Electrical elements.
 Their behavior in both Alternating Current and Direct Current circuits.
 Analysis of 1-phase and 3-phase AC wave forms.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on understanding the
CO1 PO1 ( 3),PO2(2)
basic electrical circuit and magnetic circuit.
Able to solve the problem related to electrical
CO3 PO2(3)
and magnetic circuits.
Use of software tools to design and analyze
CO4 PO5(3)
using software and hardware tools.

COURSE CONTENT

Module I: Basic Concepts and Basic Laws(4hrs)

Theory
The essence of Electricity, Electric Field; Electric Current, Potential and Potential Difference,
E.M.F., Electric Power, Ohm’s Law, Basic Circuit Components, Ideal and Practical Sources,
Source Conversion.
Practice:
1. Design and Analysis of Basic electrical circuits using Dymola. Plotting the V-I
Characteristics of Incandescent lamp using Dymola/MATLAB.

Module II: Methods of Analysis (4hrs)

Theory
Network Analysis using Series and Parallel Equivalents, Voltage and Current Divider Circuits,
Nodal Analysis, Mesh Analysis, Delta-Star & Star-Delta conversion.
Practice :

134 | P a g e
2. Verification of KCL and KVL in series and parallel circuits using Dymola/MATLAB.

Module III: DC Network Theorems (3hrs)

Theory
Analysis of Superposition, Thevenin's and Norton's theorem.
Practice:
3. Verification of Superposition, Thevenin's and Norton's theorem using Dymola/MATLAB.

Module IV: Introduction to Electromagnetism (4hrs)

Theory
Magnetic Circuits, B-H curve, Permeability, Reluctance, Solution of simple magnetic circuits,
Hysteresis and Eddy current loss. Methods of preventing such losses. Solenoids and field coils.
Application of solenoids in different circuits in Automobiles and in an electric circuit.
Practice (Hardware):
4. Observation of generation of magnetic flux for different input currents in a coil and plotting
B-H Curve.

Module V: Single-Phase Transformer (2hrs)

Practice (Hardware):
5. Study of Transformers, Linear Transformer Model, Ideal Transformer Model, No-load, Loss
and Load-loss Calculation.

Module VI: AC Circuit Analysis (3hrs)

Theory
Single-phase EMF Generation, Waveform and Phasor Representation, Average and Effective
value of sinusoids, Peak factor & Form factor, Complex Impedance and Power using j-
operator, Power factor.
Practice:
6. Calculation of current, voltage, power & power factor of series RLC circuit excited by 1-Ø
A.C Supply using Dymola/MATLAB.

Module VII: Phasor Analysis (3hrs)

Theory
Three-Phase AC Circuits: Comparison between single-phase and three-phase systems, Three-
phase EMF Generation, Line and Phase quantities in star and delta networks, Power and its
measurement in three-phase balanced circuits.
Practice
7. Measurement of power and power factor in a 3-Ø AC circuit by (one, two and three)
wattmeter using Dymola/MATLAB.

135 | P a g e
Recommended Books:
1. P. K. Sathpathy, “Basic Electrical Engineering,” 3rd Edition, Oxford.
2. B. L. Thereja, “Electrical Technology”, Volume-I,2005 Edition(24th Revised Edition)
3. Hughes, “Electrical & Electronic Technology”, Ninth Edition (Revised by J Hiley, K
Brown, and I Smith), Pearson Education

136 | P a g e
 Basket - V (Domain)
Type
Course Code Course Title Credits
T+P+PJ

Renewable Energy Applications 4+8+10 22

Operation and Maintenance of Electrical Grid

6+14+4 24
System & Transformers

Industrial Automation 5+9+10 24

Embedded System Design 4+10+6 20

Communication Systems Domain 4+8+6 18

Chip Design and Fabrication Using VLSI 6+8+6 20

GTM – Domain 4+10+8 22

Automobile Engineering 7+9+8 24

Manufacturing (Conventional, CNC and

2+14+10 26
Additive)

Welding and Inspection 8+8+6 22

Computational Fluid Dynamics 2+10+8 20

Composite Design and Manufacturing 6+12+6 24

Architectural and Structural Design 0+15+5 20

Aerial Surveying and Remote Sensing

4+10+4 18
Applications
Construction Planning, Monitoring And Project
4+6+6 16
Management
26
Data Science and Machine Learning 2+9+15

137 | P a g e
Software Technology 0+9+11 20

Cloud Technology 4+8+6 18

Cyber Security 6+10+4 20

Gaming and Immersive Learning (AR & VR) 5+5+10 20

138 | P a g e
 Domain Track Title: Renewable Energy Applications

Track Total Credits (4-8-10): 22 Credits

Courses Division:

1. CURE2190 Materials for Renewable Energy applications (1-1-0)

2. CURE2191 Renewable Energy Technology for Industrial Process (1-2-0)
3. CURE2192 Micro-grid Design & Implementation (0-2-0)
4. CURE2193 Hybrid Renewable Energy Systems (1-2-0)
5. CURE2194 Solar Off-grid Entrepreneur (1-1-0)
6. CURE2195 project (0-0-6)
7. CURE2196 Internship (0-0-4)

Domain Track Objectives:

 To gain the knowledge on different types of materials used in Renewable Energy.

 To understand the importance of Renewable Energy technology and its
applications.
 To know the applications of solar thermal technology.
 To become an expert in Entrepreneurship.

Domain Track Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs (High-3,

Medium-2, Low-1)

CO1 Able To gain the knowledge on different PO1 ( 3)

types of materials used in Renewable
Energy.
CO2 To know the applications of solar thermal PO2(3), PO5(1)
technology, off-grid , on-grid and hybrid
renewable energy systems.
CO3 To become an expert in Entrepreneurship. PO8(3),PO7(2)

1. Material for Renewable Energy application (30 hrs)

1.1 Basic fundamentals of different types semiconductors (Energy band, charge carriers and
their motion, generation, recombination, doping)
1.2 Practice: Crystal structure, phase identification and crystallite size determination of PV
materials by XRD (using Biovia MS and phase identification by using relevant software)
1.3 Photovoltaic Cell - Construction & Working (Si based)
1.4 Practice: UV visible analysis of photovoltaic material

139 | P a g e
1.5 Concept of various types PN junction.
1.6 Practice: Measurement of photo luminescence (PL) behaviour of photovoltaic material
1.7 Role of materials for sustainable development of next generation photovoltaic cells
1.8 Practice: To study crystallites (grain) size and strain through Williamson-Hall plot method
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LJ9h77fN4-E&t=1308s
1.9 Efficiency calculation of solar cell
1.10 Practice: To determine the resistivity of semiconductors by Four probe Method.
http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=282&sim=1512&cnt=1
1.11 Nano-Photovoltaic (Graphene/CNT, ZNO, TIO2)
1.12 Practice: Study of Hall effect (Determination of nature of charge carriers in a
semiconductor)
http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=282&sim=879&cnt=4
1.13 Composite materials for solar cell (Graphene/Al, TiO2-SiO2 composite for solar cell)
1 14 Perovskite based solar cell (transition metal doped PbTiO2)
1.15 Dye-sensitized solar cells
1.16 Materials (Al/hybrid glass-carbon fiber) for wind energy conversion

Text Book:

1. Vincent, D. , Materials for Sustainable Energy, Nature publishing group, 2010.

2. Paranthaman, M. Parans, Wong-Ng, Winnie, Bhattacharya, Raghu N (Eds.),
Semiconductor Materials for Solar Photovoltaic Cells, Springer, 2015.

Reference Book:

1. Sabu, T., El HadjiMamour, S., Nandakumar, K., Samuel, O., Jihuai, W., Nanomaterials
for Solar Cell Applications, Elsevier, 2019.
2. Peter, P. Rogers, Kazi F. Jalal, John A. Boyd, An introduction to sustainable
development, Glen Educational Foundation, 2008.

2. Renewable Energy Technology for Industrial Process (48 hrs)

2.1 Relevance of economic and financial viability evaluation of renewable energy technologies,
Renewable Energy Policies of India and in the state of Odisha
2.2 Practice: Site visit for acquire knowledge on different renewable energy technologies and
it's system
2.3 Basics of light to energy conversion and Concept on solar PV
2.4 Practice: Measurements and estimation of solar radiation
2.5 Concept of mono-crystalline, poly-crystalline, amorphous
2.6 Practice: Identify and specify different types of components used in a solar PV system
2.7 New generation of Solar cell, working principle and applications
2.8 Practice: Simulation of solar cell by using PVSOL software
2.9 Effects of parameters on PV module power and efficiency
2.10 Practice: VI characteristics of solar cell/module
2.11 Concept on Concentrated solar thermal (CST)
2.12 Practice: Temperature tracking of solar cell/module
2.13 Concentrated solar power (CSP), new technology of solar thermal
2.14 Practice: Performance of Solar PV module at varying tilt angle

140 | P a g e
2.15 Concept of wind energy, Basic laws and efficiency limit for wind energy conversion
2.16 Practice: Modelling of solar cooker
2.17 Concept of aerodynamics effects
2.18 Practice: Modelling of solar flat plate collector
2.19 description of horizontal and vertical axis wind turbine
2.20 Practice: Generation of electricity by wind machines
2.21 Concept on Biomass, Electricity generation from biomass.
2.22 Practice: Maximum power point tracking of a wind turbine
2.23 Practice: Performance testing of bio diesel in VCR machine

Text Books:

1. D. P. Kothari, K. C. Singal and R. Ranjan, Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging

Technologies, Second Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. C. S. Solanki, Photovoltaic – Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

Reference Book:

1. V. V. N. Kishore, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology: principles and

practice, Teri, India, 2008.
2. Hakeem, Khalid Rehman, Jawaid, Mohammad, Rashid, Umer (Eds.), Biomass and
Bioenergy Applications, Springer, 2014.
3. S. S. Das, D. D. Behera, and A. Pradhan, Clean Energy Products: A Path for Attaining
Livelihood Security, Notion Press, and ISBN: 9781636691602, 2020.
4. S. S. Das, D. D. Behera, and N. C. Giri, Clean Energy Applications in Modern World,
Notion Press, ISBN: 9781638069560, 2021.

3. Micro-grid Design and Implementation (36 hrs)

3.1 Practice: Site survey (1 kW or 1MW)

3.2 Practice: Sizing of micro grid system (1kW/1MW)
3.3 Practice: Single line diagram of micro grid system
3.4 Practice: Identify and specify different components used in a micro grid system
3.5 Practice: Connection practice of solar modules in a micro grid system
3.6 Practice: Designing of micro grid system
3.7 Practice: Analysis of micro grid system
3.8 Practice: Designing of micro grid system with battery storage
3.9 Practice: Performance calculation of micro grid system
3.10 Practice: Connection practice of CCR/Inverter in a micro grid system
3.11 Practice: Test, record and verify the power quality of a micro grid system
3.12 Practice: O & M of micro grid system

Text Books:

1. Suneal Deambi, Photovoltaic System Design: Procedures, Tools and Applications,

CRC Press, 2018.

141 | P a g e
 2. Miguel Castilla, Antonio Carlos Zambroni de Souza, Microgrids Design and
Implementation, Springer, 2019.

Reference Books:

1. S. S. Das, D. D. Behera, and N. C. Giri, Clean Energy Applications in Modern World,

Notion Press, ISBN: 9781638069560, 2021.
2. Federico Delfino, Renato Procopio, Massimo Brignone, Michela Robba, Mansueto
Rossi, Stefano Bracco, Microgrid Design and Operation: Toward Smart Energy in
Cities, Artech House, London, 2018
4. Hybrid Renewable Energy System (48 hrs)

4.1 Global scenario of Hybrid renewable energy system, integrated renewable energy systems
with input sources
4.2 Practice: Modelling of renewable energy systems
4.3 integrated renewable energy systems with input sources
4.4 Practice: Connection practice of Solar PV-T System
4.5 Selection of technology and components for hybrid renewable systems.
4.6 Practice: Designing of solar PV system (On-grid/Off-grid)
4.7 Concept of hybrid solar PVT system
4.8 Practice: Designing of hybrid solar-thermal system
4.9 Selection of Components for Hybrid solar PV-T system
4.10 Practice: Analysis of hybrid solar-thermal system
4.11 Synchronization process of renewable systems.
4.12 Practice: Connection practice of PV-wind system
4.13 Operation of hybrid PV and wind system
4.14 Practice: Modelling of wind power system
4.15 Concept of hybrid PV and wind system and its components
4.16 Practice: Demonstration of Load curve in the plant
4.17 Load curve
4.18 Practice: Study the dynamic behavior of wind turbines
4.19 Concept of Hybrid PV and hydro system and its components
4.20 Practice: Modelling of hydro power system
4.21 Concept of hybrid PV and Biomass system and it's components
4.22 Practice: Chemical composition of biomass system
4.23. Practice: Emission testing of bio diesel/bio ethanol in gas analyzer

Text Books:

1. S. Sukhatme and J. Nayak: Solar Energy: Principle of Thermal collection and storage,
Third Edition ( Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008)
2. C. S. Solanki: Solar Photovoltaic – Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI.

Reference Books:

1. Ersan Kabalci, Hybrid Renewable Energy Systems and Microgrids,

2. V. N. Kishore, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology: principles and
practice, Teri, India, 2008.

142 | P a g e
 3. N. C. Giri, S. R. Nayak, S. P. Mishra, and S. N. Sahu, Project Management and Smart
Electrical Systems, ISBN 9798587652200, Amazon; 1st edition, 27 December 2020.
5. Solar Off-grid Entrepreneur (30 hrs)

5.1 MNRE schemes and state wise subsidy process

5.2 Practice: Identify and specify different types of Solar PV Off grid products
5.3 Cost of different solar off grid systems components
5.4 Practice: Costing sheet preparation
5.5 Selection criteria of suitable components
5.6 Practice: Proposal preparation with payment terms and condition
5.7 Assessment of business development
5.8 Practice: Analysis and assessment of project cost
5.9 Economic profile and power consumption trends
5.10 Practice: Customer financial strength calculation
5.11 Government and private bank funding systems
5.12 Practice: Identify the customer requirements for solar home lightening systems
5.13 Solar off grid system manufacturers and suppliers
5.14 Right equipment should be installed in right place
5.15 Attend and resolve customer queries
5.16 Entrepreneurship skill

Text Books:

1. Rameshwari Pandya, Skill Development and Entrepreneurship in India, 2016.

2. Joseph P. Oconneor, Off Grid Solar, Second edition, Old Sequoia Publishing, 2016.
3. Poornima Charantimath, Entrepreneurship Development and small Business Enterprises,
Third edition, Pearson, 2018.

Reference Books:

1. C. S. Solanki: Solar Photovoltaic – Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
2. Michael Boxwell -- Solar Electricity Handbook - 2014 Edition: A Simple Practical Guide
to Solar Energy.

Session Plan for the Entire Domain:

1. Material for Renewable Energy Application (30 hrs)

Session 1. Basic fundamentals of different types semiconductors (Energy band, charge carriers
and their motion, generation, recombination, doping)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ethnHSgVbHs
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yu2YpVtuOds
Session 2. Practice: Crystal structure, phase identification and crystallite size determination of
PV materials by XRD (using Biovia MS and phase identification by using relevant software)
http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=282&sim=370&cnt=1
Session 3 .Photovoltaic Cell - Construction & Working (Si based)

143 | P a g e
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sXcsKzJylrA
Session 4. Practice: UV visible analysis of photovoltaic material
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s5uIVQGFDE4
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a9fSg2TREag
Session 5. Concept of various types PN junction
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4SlfaocMfdA
Session 6. Practice: Measurement of photoluminescence (PL) behaviour of photovoltaic
material
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GqivfoW32rg&t=7s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uZqXXafYoME
Session 7. Role of materials for sustainable development of next generation photovoltaic cells
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HEgYLOoE5MQ&feature=youtu.be
Session 8. Practice: Make a solar cell TiO2/Raspberry based
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WHTbw5jy6qU
Session 9. Efficiency calculation of solar cell
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IxFIewx54Ok
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IkVLQALtdQw
Session 10. Nano-Photovoltaic (Graphene/CNT, ZNO, TIO 2)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j4u09hi9DXI&t=150s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BKomGuejwRA&t=55s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2vvTPc30fE
Session 11. Practice: Calculate the sun position at a given place and time and thereby study
the variation in power production in a solar photovoltaic panel with respect to the change in
incidence angle
http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=77&brch=298&sim=1629&cnt=1
Session 12. Composite materials for solar cell (Graphene/Al, TiO2-SiO2 composite for solar
cell)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BKomGuejwRA
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qDviZVbf7AA
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qvxH0RuaTpY&feature=youtu.be
Session 13.Practice: Specific charge/discharge characteristics of a Lithium- ion (Li- ion)
battery
http://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=77&brch=270&sim=1540&cnt=1
Session 14. Perovskite based solar cell (transition metal doped PbTiO2)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NSItaUCG46E
Session 15. Dye-sensitized solar cell
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8hertoGXWtE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CWEKfxBc4_8
Session 16. Materials (Al/hybrid glass-carbon fiber) for wind energy conversion.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0uLmVDTwsno
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xyjLd957lTk
2. Renewable Energy Technology for Industrial Process (48 hrs)
Session 18. Relevance of economic and financial viability evaluation of renewable energy
technologies
https://youtu.be/X9x_fSU2a6U
Session 19. Practice: Site visit for acquire knowledge on different renewable energy
technologies and it's system
Session 20. Basics of light to energy conversion and Concept on solar PV

144 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/vzBkgMONIFo
https://youtu.be/1gta2ICarDw
Session 21. Practice: Measurements and estimation of solar radiation
Session 22. Concept of mono crystalline, poly crystalline, amorphous
https://youtu.be/Fip520UdeNU
Session 23. Practice: Simulation of solar cell
Session 24. New generation solar cell, working principle and applications
https://youtu.be/8t_DFI4O6v4
Session 25. Practice: Identify and specify different types of components using in a solar PV
system
Session 26. Practice: VI characteristics of Solar cell/module
Session 27. Working principle and applications
https://youtu.be/ZYO83TkM0To
Session 28. Practice: Temperature tracking of solar cell/module
Session 29. Effects of parameters on PV module power and efficiency
https://youtu.be/JTDSPjDSrS8
Session 30. Practice: Performance of Solar PV module at varying tilt angle
Session 31. Concept on Concentrated solar thermal (CST)
https://youtu.be/tdivW7inP0k
HAND-NOTES-ON-SOLAR-THERMAL-ENGINEERING-pdf
Session 32. Practice: Modelling of solar cooker
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WPwDwjsAp4U&t=84s
Session 33. Concentrated solar power (CSP)
https://youtu.be/N1-zjbRqYXk
Session 34. Practice: Modelling of solar flat plate collector
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XWvr3OT1E1c
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s-Ysg6Xaf3c
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=70Z5UNoywyE&t=223s
Session 35. Concept of wind energy, Basic laws and efficiency limit for wind energy
conversion.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qSWm_nprfqE
Session 36. Practice: Generation of electricity by wind machines
Session 37. Concept of aerodynamics effects,description of horizontal and vertical axis wind
turbine
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=65k2Nh8YHFI
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A-k2YGrpATo&t=13s
Session 38. Practice: Maximum power point tracking of a wind turbine
Session 39. Practice: Performance testing of bio diesel in VCR machine
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b1PbQ7jjVVM&list=PLniBGjZYcl478NRpoWh-
YF_f2E90HZzda
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rrldwVGmmy4&t=161s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KZ35K05SA7g&list=PLniBGjZYcl478NRpoWh-
YF_f2E90HZzda&index=7

3. Micro grid Design and Implementation (36 hrs)

Session 41. Practice: Site survey (1 kW or 1MW)

Session 42. Practice: Sizing of micro grid system (1kW/1MW)

145 | P a g e
Session 43.Practice: Single line diagram of micro grid system
Session 44. Practice: Identify and specify different components used in a micro grid system
Session 45. Practice: Connection practice of solar modules in a micro grid system
Session 46. Practice: Designing of micro grid system
Session 47. Practice: Analysis of micro grid system
Session 48. Practice: Designing of micro grid system with battery storage
Session 49. Practice: Performance calculation of micro grid system
Session 50. Practice: Connection practice of CCR/Inverter in a micro grid system
Session 51. Practice: Test, record and verify the power quality of a micro grid system
Session 52.Practice: O & M of micro grid system

4. Hybrid Renewable Energy Systems (48 hrs)

Session 53.Global scenario of Hybrid renewable energy system, integrated renewable energy
systems with input sources
https://youtu.be/j_fViOJbJLk
https://youtu.be/TD0jZciQcaE
Session 54. Practice: Modelling of renewable energy systems
Session 55. Selection of technology and components for efficient hybrid renewable systems
https://youtu.be/ALsOcGkrev0
Session 56. Practice: Connection practice of Solar PV-T System
Session 57. Concept on hybrid solar PVT system and it's components
https://youtu.be/hseYnkOQghI
Session 58. Practice: Designing of solar PV system (On-grid/Off-grid)
Session 59. Synchronization process of renewable systems
https://youtu.be/COz_w5l0nOw
Session 60. Practice: Designing of hybrid solar-thermal system
Session 61.Operation of hybrid solar-thermal system
https://youtu.be/Lm7kmCaoeC4
Session 62.Practice: Analysis of hybrid solar-thermal system
Session 63. Concept of hybrid PV and wind system and it's components
https://youtu.be/rPm-JHeD5Z0
Session 64. Practice: Connection practice of PV-wind system
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=elZsUKcq3tw&t=9s
Session 65. Operation of hybrid PV and wind system
https://youtu.be/s458bCI8u2Q
Session 66. Practice: Modelling of hybrid PV and wind power system
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gzwDdo3iuSY
Session 67. Load curve
https://youtu.be/OQsk_4oqFmc
Session 68. Practice: Demonstration of Load curve in the plant
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b-ka2qObhzk
Session 69. Concept of hybrid PV and hydro system and it's components
https://youtu.be/9qu5ryJBIIE
Session 70. Practice: Modelling of hydro power system
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gdOaG8cKLuw
Session 71. Concept of hybrid PV and Biomass system and it’s components
https://youtu.be/XboxQHzJPD4

146 | P a g e
Session 72. Practice: Chemical composition of biomass system
Session 73. Practice: Study the dynamic behavior of wind turbines
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSwGUVqrBMQ
Session 74.Practice: Emission testing of bio diesel/bio ethanol in gas analyser
5. Solar Off-Grid Entrepreneur (36 hrs)
Session 75. MNRE schemes and state wise subsidy process
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xKxrkht7CpY
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xlXZmNUYcfI
Session 76. Practice: Identify and specify different types of Solar PV Off grid products
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JJYyD3oNd8w
Session 77. Cost of different solar off grid systems components and Selection criteria of
suitable components.
https://youtu.be/bxFX7C383ig
Session 78. Practice: Costing sheet preparation
Session 79. Selection criteria of suitable components
https://youtu.be/HLV07G37rh0
Session 80. Practice: Proposal preparation with payment terms and condition
Session 81. Assessment of business development
https://youtu.be/RgNV2D2c5_w
Session 82. Practice: Analysis and assessment of project cost
Session 83. Economic profile and power consumption trends
https://youtu.be/L5v9jt4__ho
Session 84.Practice: Customer financial strength calculation
Session 85. Government and private bank funding lightening systems
https://youtu.be/dJLbD7f5cDk
Session 86. Practice: Identify the customer requirements for solar home lightening systems
Session 87. Solar off grid system manufacturers and suppliers
https://youtu.be/2R3ahfcB68g
Session 88.Right equipment should be installed in right place
https://youtu.be/cG3bkKJGzoc
Session 89. Attend and resolve customer queries
https://youtu.be/hiIb4v_dnck
Session 90. Entrepreneurship skill
https://youtu.be/CFtN_S1ekF4
List of Projects/papers/jobs/products to be done in domain:
1. Study on Perovskite based material for the application of Solar cell
2. Preparation of solar based material and it's characterization
3. Efficiency enhancement of solar cell using rare earth materials
4. Design and development of solar powered lamps/street lights.
5. Design and development of of solar auto tracking system
6. Design and development of solar powered water pumping system
7. Design and development of solar operated grass trimmer
8. Design and development of solar powered pesticide sprayer
9. Design and development of solar powered leaf plate making machine
10. Design and development of solar powered bicycle
11. Design and development of solar powered sugarcane juice machine
12. Design and fabrication of solar dryer
13. Design and development of solar parabolic trough concentrator for water heating purpose

147 | P a g e
14. Design and development of solar cooker (box type or dish type)
15. Design and development of solar powered poly house system
16. Design and development of solar desalinization system
17. Design and development of solar operated blacksmith blower
18. Design and development of portable solar mobile charging station
19. Design and development of solar tree
20. Design and development of evacuated type of solar collector of water heating system
21.Design and development of torque control of wind turbine using energy analysis method
22.Analysis and design of generator side control of wind turbine
23.Design and development of micro-hydro power plant
24.Design and development of wind power system
25. Performance testing and comparison test of bio diesel in VCR Engine

148 | P a g e
 Operation and Maintenance of Electrical Grid System & Transformers
Domain Name Code Type of course T-P-P Pre-requisite
Operation and Maintenance
Theory +
of Electrical Grid System & 6-14-4
EGCU2090 Practice + Nil
Transformers
Project

1. Track Total Credits:

Theory + Practice + Project: [6+14+4] (24)

2. Domain Objectives:

 To create technically trained manpower readily available for recruitment to the

power/energy Companies & Transformer Manufacturing firms in Electrical Sector.
 Develop digital prototypes of the products and validate them and innovate for design
efficiency

3. Domain Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2,
Low-1)

Able to gain Knowledge of making commercially used

CO1 PO1 ( 3), PO3(2)
distribution transformer

Able to identify and resolve the problem in

CO2 PO2(3), PO5(1)
manufacturing of transformers.

Able to develop skill on design of transformer and report

CO3 generation of making commercially used distribution PO8(3), PO4(2)
transformer
4. Domain Structure: The Domain will consist of following components and these
components will be reflected in the grade sheet.
 CUEG 2090: Introduction, Power Scenario, Power Quality & Faulty clearance, [1-1-0]
 CUEG 2091: Switchyard & substation Networks, [1-2-0]
 CUEG 2092: Protection scheme & Switchgear, [1-2-0]
 CUEG 2093: Cable system & Testing, [1-2-0]
 CUEG 2094: Power Markets, [1-0-0]
 CUEG 2095: Grid Safety, [0-2-0]
 CUEG 2096: Transformer Manufacturing, [1-5-0]
 CUEG 2097: Project, [0-0-4]

The Domain will be delivered through case studies, assignments and product development
149 | P a g e
Product Development Stack :
1. Distribution Transformer ( Full product)
2. Smart Energy Meter ( Modular Platform design and electric power train design , BIW)

Session Plan for the Entire Domain:

Course 1: Generation, Transmission & Distribution scenario in India

[Interactive + Modelling], [1-1-0], [20 Hrs]
1. Types of generation: Conventional and Non-conventional,
2. Thermal Power Plant, Hydro Power Plant,
3. Gas Power Plant, Nuclear Power Plant,
4. Co-generation Various sources Non-conventional Energy Sources.
5. Role of computers in distribution system planning-Load modelling
6. characteristics: definition of basic terms and loss factor
7. Classification of loads and their characteristics.
8. Distribution Feeders and Substations: Design consideration of Distribution feeders:
Radial and loop types of primary feeders, voltage levels, and feeder-loading.
Video Links
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lh5_7sHyLU4
 Hydro Power
 Gas Power Plant
 Nuclear Power Plant
 1.4.1 Co-Generation
Practice
1. Load Modeling
2. Substation Modeling
Course 2: Switchyard/Substation Types
[Lab Practice in Own Distribution Network, Modelling], [1-2-0], [20 Hrs]

1. Single line diagram/equipments [Equipments-transformer, CB, fuse etc.]

2. Relays, Relaying schemes and auxiliariesWiring Diagram
3. Layout of Sub-Station(33/11KV S/S, 220/33KV S/S)
4. Indoor and outdoor busbars –– bus-bar mountings and their clearances.
5. Designing Electrical Transmission Tower Types and Design
Video Links
 Substation layout
 Transmission Tower Design
Practice
1. Design 33/11 KV substation
2. Single Line layout of substation
Course 3: System Protection & Auxiliaries
[Field Visit+ Lab Practice in Own Distribution Network] [1-2-0] [20 Hrs]

1. CT & PTs, Local &p; Back-up Protection. Protection Schemes,

2. New Generation Relays, Different types of indoor and outdoor CB, Breaker
Maintenance,
3. Lightening Arrestors/Surge Arrestors, Isolators And Insulators,
4. Grounding system, Auxiliary System in Switchyard/Substation

150 | P a g e
Video Links
 CT, PT, Relay
 Distance Protection
 Grounding/Earthing
Practice
1. Design Over current Protection for sub-station Feeder.
2. Measuring Earth Insulation Resistance
Course 4: Cables in Electrical System
[Visit to Standard Testing Lab, Workshop Practice], [1-2-0], [20 Hrs]

1. Modern trends in Underground Cabling Basic Concepts,

2. Materials Used in Cables, Conductors,
3. Testing and Commissioning of cables,
Video Links
 Under Ground Cable
 Cable Laying
Practice
1. IR Test of Cable
2. Cable Jointing

Course 5: Power System Market, Markets For Electrical Energy, Energy Conservation
[Interactive], [1-0-0] [3 Hrs]

1. Electricity Business
2. Electricity Market Models
3. Power Transfer, Inter & Intra State
4. Energy Efficiency in Grid
5. Energy conservation measures
Video Links
 Power Market Fundamental
 Power Exchange
 Energy Conservation
Practice
1. Developing Market Model for electricity trading
Course 6: GRID Safety Norms, Electrical Accidents and prevention, Electricity Costing
& Audit,
[Field Survey], [0-2-0], [5 Hrs]

6.1 Safety Requirement, Hazards, Electrical Accidents and prevention, First Aid
6.2 Safety : Safety Philosophy, Safety Procedures, GRID Safety Norms, Procedures for issuing
L.C.P. and cancellation, Maintenance of Safety records.
6.3 First Aid : Places of Potential Hazards, Electric Shock Treatment, Artificial Respiration,
Handling Emergency Conditions, Treatment of Wounds, Injuries & Burns.
6.4 Fire Fighting: Causes of Fire, Fire Extinction, Classification of Fires, Fire Fighting,
Equipment: their
operation – maintenance & refilling, Fire prevention.
6.5 Energy Audit.
Video Link

151 | P a g e
  General Grid Safety
 Industrial Safety
 Electrical Shock First Aid
 Fire Extinguisher
Practice
Hazard Analysis & Mitigation

Course 7: Principles of transformer

[DS Tools, Workshop Practice], [1-5-0], [20 Hrs]

7.1 Inner & Outer Part of Transformer,

7.2 Manufacturing of Transformer,
7.3 Transformer Test,
7.4 Conditions leading to faults in Transformer,
7.5 Maintenance of transformer
Practice
1. Transformer Manufacturing
2. Transformer Testing
3. Fault Finding & Corrective action
6. List of Projects/products to be done in domain: [200 Hrs]
1. Substation layout & Placement of equipment.
2. Protection System of 33/11/0.4 KV substation.
3. O & M of distribution substation.
4. Energy Aduit
5. Safety Practice.
6.Transformer Manufacturing & Testing.
EVALUATION: As per Central QA system policy

152 | P a g e
 Industrial Automation
Code Course Title (Credit) T-P-PJ

IACU2100 Industrial Automation 24 5-9-10

Course Code Type

Course Title Credits
T-P-PJ
CUIA2100 Introduction to Industrial Automation 1 1-0-0
CUIA2101 Advanced Programming & Control Blocks of PLC 3 1-2-0
CUIA2102 Control & Signal Wiring of PLC 2 0-2-0
CUIA2103 SCADA based advanced features 2 1-1-0
CUIA2104 SCADA & PLC based sequential control 1 0-1-0
CUIA2105 Human Machine Interface 3 1-2-0
CUIA2106 OPC server base data fetching & control 2 1-1-0
CUIA2107 Project 6 0-0-6
CUIA2108 Internship 4 0-0-4

Total Credits 24

Domain Track Objectives

 To upgrade knowledge levels needed for modern industries.

 Process & sequential control logic of industry.
 Project based training.

Domain Track Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Able to gain Knowledge on installation of Industrial
CO1 PO1 ( 3),
Automation concept

153 | P a g e
 Able to identify and resolve the hardware/software
CO2 PO2(3), PO5(1)
problems of automation

Able to develop skill of designing automatic control

CO3 PO3(3)
system and controller for a particular application.

DOMAIN SYLLABUS
Course – 1: INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
1.1 Automation Uses
1.2 Automation - PLC Basics
1.3 Mechanical relays versus PLC
1.4 Functions of various blocks and working principle of advanced blocks.

Course – 2: ADVANCED PROGRAMMING & CONTROL BLOCKS OF PLC

2.1 CPT, ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, SQR, NEG, TOD, FRD
2.2 MOV, MVM, AND, OR, XOR, NOT. CLR.
2.3 BSL, BSR, SQC, SQL, SQO, FFL, FFU, LFL, LFU
2.4 JMP, LBL, JSR, MCR
2.5 Connecting PLC software with SCADA software
Practice:
P2.1 - Comparison of industry based analog signals.
P2,2 - Detecting different product output of an industry
P2.3 - Sequential control of an industry by using advanced blocks.
P2.4 - Emergency control system of an industry
P2.5 - Connecting PLC software with SCADA software

Course – 3: CONTROL & SIGNAL WIRING OF PLC

3.1 Control wiring of PLC.
3.2 PLC, Sensor and field instruments signal flow wiring.
3.3 Device connectivity
Practice:
P3.1 PLC input/output wiring concept.
P3.2 Connecting relay, contactor, sensors and other field instruments.
P3.3 Controlling an industry motor using STAR-DELTA connection

Course – 4: SCADA BASED ADVANCED FEATURES

4.1 Alarms
4.2 Trends, Data base connectivity & Report generation
4.3 Recipe management
4.4 Security
Practice:

154 | P a g e
P4.1 - Data fetching and representing on graph and excel
P4.2 - Advanced controlling of industry by using SCADA

Course – 5: SCADA & PLC BASED SEQUENTIAL CONTROL

5.1 Script
5.2 Networking
5.3 Device connectivity.
Practice:
P5.1 Script
P5.2 Networking
P5.3 Device connectivity

Course – 6: HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE

6.1 What is HMI. Use of HMI
6.2 Concept of different operational features
6.3 Connectivity of HMI and PLC.
Practice:
P6.1 Alarms
P6.2 Security
P6.3 Recipe manager

Course – 7: OPC SERVER BASE DATA FETCHING & CONTROL

7.1 Study of Open Platform Communications
7.2 OPC to control PLC, SCADA.
7.3 OPC based different protocol concept.
7.4 Data handling using OPC.
Practice:
P7.1 Installation of OPC
P7.2 OPC protocols
P7.3 Connectivity of PLC, SCADA & ARDUINO to OPC.

155 | P a g e
 Embedded System Design

Course Code Course Title Credits T-P-PJ

ESCU2050 Embedded System Design 20 4-10-6

Course Objectives

 Develop a skilled workforce with the Knowledge of the latest trending technologies
to meet the Embedded Industry needs.
 To make the student industry-ready with prompt hands-on in the various Real-Time
Embedded Systems.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with

COs Course Outcomes POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)
Gain and apply knowledge about the architectural features
CO1 and instructions of 32-bit ARM microcontrollers to develop PO1(3)
the embedded system.
Identify, analyze, formulate, develop and design various
CO2 PO(2), PO3(3)
product-based applications based on Embedded Systems.
A diversified team will learn, configure and build a
customized Linux Kernel and also be able to set up and use
CO3 PO9(3), PO12(3)
the Cross Development platform, which will help them in
lifelong learning.
And apply the techniques and knowledge gained in
CO4 Embedded Systems to become an entrepreneur for PO5 (2), PO7(3)
sustainable development.

Domain Syllabus:

1. Microcontroller-Based Embedded System Design (57.5 Hrs)

2. Introduction to Embedded System

3. Embedded System Development Life Cycle
4. Introduction to ARM
5. AMBA & AHB
6. Features of ARM7, ARM9, ARM 11,ARM Cortex
7. Datasheet analysis
8. GPIO programming – LED, Seven Segment Display, LCD, Matrix keypad, Actuators(
Relay, Motors and valves)
9. System control block-
10. ADC & DAC -- Sensors(Analog and Digital),
11. Timer/Counter
12. Pulse Width Modulation(PWM)
13. Vectored Interrupt Controller(VIC)

156 | P a g e
 14. Real Time Clock (RTC)
15. Watch Dog timer (WDT)
16. Debugging with JTAG
17. Inter System Protocols – UART, USART, USB, Bluetooth, BLE, GPS, GSM
18. Intra System Protocols – I2C, SPI, CAN
19. Wireless Protocols and its Complete setup – NFC/ RFID, ZigBee, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi,
MQTT, LORA,

2. Real-Time Operating System & Porting (57.5 Hrs)

1. Real-Time OS
2. Types of RTOS
3. GPOS vs RTOS
4. FreeRTOS
5. VxWorks
6. Task Management & its API
7. Scheduling Algorithms & its API
8. Inter Task Communication & its API
9. Resource Management & its API
10. AWS IoT Core for FreeRTOS
11. AWS IoT Green Grass setup on Raspberry Pi

3. Embedded Linux for ARM (57.5 Hrs)

1. Embedded Linux Overview

2. Linux File System
3. Types of Kernel
4. Shell Commands
5. Shell Scripting
6. Process Management System calls
7. Inter-Process Communication System calls
8. Linux Booting Sequence
9. Toolchains Configuration and Cross Compilation
10. Configuring & Installing Bootloaders (U-Boot)
11. Kernel Configuration and Compilation
12. Creating Custom Root File system
13. Remote Debugging Embedded Applications using GDB
14. Device Drivers- Char drivers
15. Static Linking & Dynamic Linking
16. Adding Static Module to the Kernel

4. AUTOSAR Design using CAN, CAN Analyser, and LIN (14 hours)
1. Introduction to Automotive System
2. Introduction to AUTOSAR
3. Details on CAN Protocols
4. SBUS CAN Analyser
5. LIN Protocol

157 | P a g e
Software Handling

1. Keil μ vision 5
2. Arduino IDE
3. ARM GCC Compiler
4. FreeRTOS, Raspbian OS, Ubuntu OS
5. VxSim
6. Proteus Professional 8.9
7. Node-RED

MPU Handling

1. Arduino
2. ESP8266
3. LPC2148/LPC2129
4. Raspberry Pi
5. STM32
6. Beagle Bone Black

List of Projects/ papers/jobs/products to be done in the domain:

(To follow the Gate Process)

1. IoT-based Apparel Tracking System

2. IoT-based Smart Agriculture Monitoring & Controlling
3. Color-based Product Sorting Machine using IoT
4. IoT-based Smart Energy Meter

Course Developed and Prepared by: Prof. Swarna Prabha Jena

158 | P a g e
 Communication Systems Domain

Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite

CSCU2080 Communication Systems 4-8-6 (18) NIL
Domain

Course Division
1. Microwave & RADAR Communications (2-1-0)
2. Satellite & TV Communications (1-2-0)
3. Cell Site and BTS Operation, Maintenance and Troubleshooting: RF Planning and
Drive Test (0-3-0)
4. Optics and Wireless Sensor Networks (1-2-0)
5. Project (0-0-6)

Course Objectives

 Develop the skills required to design a next generation wireless networks

 To involve the students in the theory and practice of optical and wireless
sensor network

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Gain Knowledge on microwave communication, fibre
CO1 PO1(3), PO2(3), PO4(2)
optics communication and wireless sensor network
Analyze the concept of antenna design for various
CO2 PO2(3), PO3(3)
applications
Examine the communication systems parameters
CO3 PO4(3)
performance mathematically
Design and Simulation of microwave components
CO4 PO5 (3)
and BTS installation
Estimate the performance analysis and optimization
CO5 PO8(2), PO12(2)
of various communication systems parameters

Evaluation Systems
As per University Norms

COURSE CONTENT

1. Microwave & RADAR Communications (2-1-0) (33 Hours )

1. Introduction to Microwaves: Microwave frequencies

159 | P a g e
 2. Scattering matrix formulation
3. Passive microwave devices
4. Active Microwave Devices
5. Study of field pattern of various modes inside a rectangular waveguide
6. Microwave Measurements
7. Transit time limitations in Microwave Bipolar Transistors
8. Power frequency limitations Microwave Field Effect Transistors
9. Gunn Effect
10. IMPATT diodes
11. TRAPATT diodes
12. Microwave vacuum tube based devices
13. Limitations of conventional tubes at UHF
14. Microwave Klystron
15. Reflex klystron,
16. Traveling wave tube
17. Magnetron
18. Introduction to Smith chart and its application for the unknown impedance
measurement
19. Scattering Matrix Parameters
20. Introduction to radar and RADAR Parameters
21. MTI RADAR
22. FMCW RADAR
23. Tracking RADAR
24. Monpulse RADAR
25. RADAR Receiver
26. Synthetic Aperture RADAR

Text Books:

1. R E Collin, “Foundation for Microwave Engineering”, John Wiley &amp; Sons, 2nd
2. Edition, 2007
3. S Y LIAO, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, PHI, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Merrill I skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems’, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition,2007.
5. G S N Raju, “Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids”, IK

160 | P a g e
 6. international Publishers, 2008
7. G S N Raju, “Microwave Engineering ”, IK international Publishers, 2008.
8. Radar Systems Analysis And Design Using Matlab® Third Edition, Bassem R.
Mahafza Decibel Research Inc. Huntsville, Alabama, Usa ,Crc Press Taylor &
Francis Group

2. Satellite & TV Communications (32 Hours) (1-2-0)

1. Configuration of a satellite communications system

2. Types of orbit
3. Radio regulations
4. Keplerian orbits
5. Useful orbits for satellite communication
6. Perturbations of orbits
7. Digital video broadcasting via satellite (DVB-S)
8. Second generation DVB-S
9. Digital transmission of telephony
10. Digital broadcasting of television
11. Configuration of a link
12. Uplink received power
13. Downlink received power
14. Additional losses
15. Noise power spectral density at the receiver input
16. Individual link performance
17. Influence of the atmosphere
18. Mitigation of atmospheric impairments
19. Overall link performance with transparent satellite
20. Overall link performance with regenerative satellite
21. Study of 5G new radio (NR) standard, modulation Techniques used for 2G-5G

Case Study: A field report as a part of practice will be submitted by visiting the Nearest
center and observing the satellite links and TV transmission techniques .

Text Book

1. Satellite communications systems / Gerard Maral, Michel Bousquet. — 5th ed, wiley ,
2010.
2. Satellite Communications, by Dennis Roddy (Fourth edition), McGraw Hill
3. Satellite Communication, by Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian, Jeremy Allnutt (Second
Edition), John Wiley & Sons

3. Cell Site and BTS Operation, Maintenance and Troubleshooting: RF Planning

and Drive Test ( 36 Hours) (0-3-0)

1. Antennas for mobile Tower

2. Power supply at BTS

161 | P a g e
 3. Equipment used in the Shelter
4. Power Interface Unit (PIU)
5. Line Conditioning Unit (LCU)
6. Free Cooling Unit (FCU)
7. Preventive Maintenance (PM) &amp; site management
8. Basic functioning of alarm box and the interface
9. Concept on TRX &amp; Baseband receiver unit.
10. RF Propagation path loss 3.11Frequency hopping and Planning
11. RF Optimization
12. GSM RF Drive Test
13. 3G Optimization
14. EMF Radiation Calculation and testing
15. 4G Optimization
Text Book:
1. “Telecom Tower Maintenance” Vol. 1, Navkar Center for Skills, 2014.
2. Advanced cellular network planning and optimization 2G/2.5G/3G. . .evolution to 4G
, Author: Ajay R Mishra, Nokia Networks, John Wiley &amp; Sons Ltd, The Atrium,
Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex PO19 8SQ, England
3. Radio Network Planning and Optimisation for UMTS,Second Edition,JaanaLaiho and
AchimWacker, Nokia Group, Finland, Toma´ sˇ Novosad,,Nokia Networks, Nokia
Group, USA, John Wiley &amp; Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester,
West Sussex PO19 8SQ, England
4. Material: E1-E2 Upgradation Course –Consumer Mobility, RF Planning and Drive Test
5. Material: GTL , RF Optimisation.

4. Optical and Wireless Sensor Networks (1-2-0) (33 Hours )

1. Propagation of signals in optical fiber:

2. Transmission characteristics of optical fiber
3. Optical fiber Transmitters.
4. Optical Components.
5. 4.5 Optical fiber loss measurement using power meter, LASER and OTDR.
6. Layered Protocol Model in the Transport Network.
7. SONET and SDH, Architecture of Optical Transport Networks (OTNs)
8. Implementation and performance analysis of TCP/IP protocols. Tools to be used: NS2
Simulator and Socket Programming
9. Challenges for Wireless Sensor Networks.
10. Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components.
11. Network Architecture - Sensor Network Scenarios
12. Physical Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations.
13. Routing Protocols.
14. Topology Control, Clustering.
15. Arduino and Wireless Communications
16. Sensor Tasking and Control.
17. WSN using Arduino with Wireless modules
18. MATLAB Experiments Related to Compressed Sensing for Energy Efficient WSN
19. Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes, Programming Challenges.

162 | P a g e
 20. Node-level Software platforms, Node-level Simulators.

TEXT Books

1. John M. Senior, "Optical fiber communication", Pearson edition, 2000

2. Uyless Black "Optical Networks ", Pearson Education , 2011.
3. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks", John Wiley, 2005
4. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor Networks-Technology,
Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley, 2007. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network
Designs”, John Wiley, 2003

Reference books:

1. Rajiv Ramswami and K. N. Sivarajan, "Optical Networks", Morgon Kauffman

Publishers, 2008.
2. Gerd Kaiser, "Optical fiber Communication Systems", John Wiley, New York, 2009.
3. Feng Zhao and Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks- An Information
Processing Approach", Elsevier, 2007.

163 | P a g e
 Chip Design and Fabrication Using VLSI
Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite
Chip Design and Fabrication Using
VLCU2070 6-8-6 NIL
VLSI

Courses Division:

 ASIC Design (2-1-0)

 Digital VLSI (2-2-0)
 Analog VLSI (2-1-0)
 VERIFICATION USING SYSTEM VERILOG & UVM (0-4-0)
 Project (0-0-6)

Course Objectives

 This course would enable students to design analog / digital IC components,

design of application-specific integrated circuits (ASICS) for digital systems
and theory and practice of VLSI test and verification.
 To study the issues relating to the design of application-specific integrated
circuits (ASICS) for digital systems.
 To involve the students in the theory and practice of VLSI test and verifications.

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with

Cos Course Outcomes POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)
To acquire knowledge and become familiar with modern PO1(3), PO5 (3),
CO1
VLSI circuits PO3(3)
To develop critical thinking to solve issues involved in
CO2 ASIC design, including technology choice, Timing PO1(3), PO5 (3)
analysis, tool-flow, testability.
To acquire problem solving skill to design CMOS
CO3 PO1(3), PO2(3)
amplifiers in deep submicron technology.
Students will acquire the technical skill to become
PO4(3), PO5(3),
CO4 Industry-ready RTL Design/Physical
PO8(1), PO12 (3)
design/Testing/Verification Engineer.

Evaluation Systems

As per University Norms

164 | P a g e
ASIC Design (2-1-0)

1.1 Custom IC Design, Cell-Based Design Methodology, Array Based Implementation

Approaches.
1.2 Traditional and Physical Compiler Based ASIC Flow
1.3 Logic Synthesis Environment
1.4 Technology library: technology libraries, logic library basics, delay calculations
1.5 Static Time Analysis , Critical Path, Timing Exceptions
1.6 Multi Cycle Paths, False Paths and Timing Constraints
1.7 Floor Planning Place and Route Optimization
1.8 Partitioning: Partitioning For Synthesis and coding guidelines
1.9 Optimization and Mapping Constraints (Clock, Delay, Area, Design)
1.10 Design Methodology for Logic Cores
1.11 Architecture of The Present-Day Soc
1.12 Design Issues of SoC, Hardware &amp
1.13 Software Design, Core Libraries
1.14 EDA Tools SoC Design Flow Guidelines for Design Reuse
1.15 Design Process for Soft and Firm Cores
1.16 Design Process for Hard Cores, System Integration
1.17 Design Methodology for Memory & Analog Cores Embedded Memories
1.18 Design Methodology for Embedded Memories
1.19 Specification of Analog Circuits
1.20 Core Level Validation, Core Interface
1.21 Verification, SoC Design Validation

Text Books:

1. Verilog HDL, 2/E By Samir Palnitkar, Pearson Education

2. Himanshu. Bhatnagar, “Advanced ASIC Chip Synthesis” (2/e).KAP.2002
3. Rochit Rajsuman, ‘System-on-a-Chip: Design and Test’, Artech House, 2000

Reference Books:

1. Maheshwari, Naresh, Sapatnekar, “Timing Analysis and Optimization of Sequential

Circuits”. 1998, Springer. ISBN: 978-0-7923-8321-5
2. Modern Digital Electronics. Author, R P Jain. Edition, 3. Publisher, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education

Software Tool::

•Microwind
•Cadence
•Xilinx ISE

2.Digital VLSI (2-2-0):

2.1 Issues in Digital IC Design

165 | P a g e
2.2 Quality Metrics of A Digital Design
2.3 Manufacturing CMOS Integrated Circuits
2.4 Design Rules. Layouts
2.5 The Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) Structure
2.6 The MOS System Under External Bias
2.7 Structure And Operation of MOS Transistor (MOSFET)
2.8 MOSFET Current-Voltage Characteristics
2.9 MOSFET Scaling And Small-Geometry Effects, MOSFET Capacitance
2.10 Static CMOS Inverter: Static And Dynamic Behavior Practices of CMOS Inverter
2.11 Components Of Energy And Power: Switching, Short-Circuit And Leakage Components
2.12 Technology Scaling And Its Impact On The Inverter Metrics
2.13 Static CMOS Design: Complementary CMOS, Ratioed Logic, Pass Transistor Logic
2.14 Dynamic CMOS Design: Dynamic Logic Design Considerations
2.15 Speed And Power Dissipation Of Dynamic Logic
2.16 Signal Integrity Issues, Cascading Dynamic Gates
2.17 CMOS Sequential Logic Circuit Design Introduction, Bi-Stable Circuit Elements
2.18 SR & JK Latch Circuits
2.19 Clocked Latch And Flip-Flop Circuits
2.20 CMOS D-Latch And Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
2.21 Semiconductor Memory Design: Introduction, MOS Decoders
2.22 SRAM Design, DRAM Design
2.23 Memory Architecture And I/O Circuitry
Text Books
1. Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and
Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited
2. Jan M,Rabaey, AnanthaChandrakasan, BorivojeNikolic, Digital Integrated Circuits–A
Design Perspective, PHI
Reference Books:
1. Wayne Wolf, Modern VLSI Design System – on – Chip Design, PHI
2. K,Eshraghian and N,H,E,Weste, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design – a Systems
Perspective, 2nd Edn,, Addison Wesley
Software Tool::

•Microwind
•Cadence
3.Analog VLSI (2-1-0):
3.1 Independent Sources: MOS Current Sources and Sinks
3.2 Current Mirror: Basic Current Mirrors, Cascode Current Mirrors
3.3 Current and Voltage Reference Circuits
3.4 Amplifier Design : Basic Concepts of Amplifier, Common Source Stage
3.5 Common Gate Stage, Cascode Stage
3.6 Differential Stage: Single Ended and Differential Operation
3.7 Basic Differential Pair
3.8 Frequency Response of Amplifiers: Miller Effect, Frequency Response of Common Source
Stage

166 | P a g e
3.9 Common Gate Stage, Cascode Stage and Differential Pair
3.10 CMOS Op-Amps: Differential and Common Mode Circuits
3.11 Op-Amp CMRR Requirements, Need for Single and Multistage Amplifiers
3.12 Effect of Loading in Differential Stage
3.13 Digital To Analog Converters:( Binary Weighted Resistor, R-2R Ladder Network)
3.14 Analog To Digital Converters: (Dual Slope, Successive Approximation Type)
3.15 Frequency Compensation: Concepts and Techniques for Frequency Compensation
3.16 Dominant Pole, Miller Compensation, Compensation of Miller RHP Zero
3.17 Nested Miller, Compensation of Two Stage OP-Amps
Text Books:
1.Behzad Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2.Phillip E. Allen and Douglas R. Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, (Second Edition)
Oxford University Press, February 2002.
Reference Books:
1.Gray, Hurst, Lewis, and Meyer: “Analysis and design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, (4/e),
John Wiley and Sons.
Software Tool::
•Microwind
•Cadence

4.Verification Using SystemVerilog (0-4-0):

4.1 Verification Concepts

4.2 Introduction to System Verilog Language
4.3 Basic SV TB - Connecting to your design
4.4 SV-OOPs concepts and Randomization
4.5 Threads and Inter Process Communication
4.6 Introduction to Verification Methodologies
4.7 Case Study : Design and Verification of a SRAM Memory Cell Using UVM Methods
Software Tool::
•Questa Sim
Text Books
1.Sutherland, Stuart, Simon Davidmann, and Peter Flake, “SystemVerilog for Design Second
Edition: A Guide to Using System Verilog for Hardware Design and Modeling”, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2006
2.Spear, Chris. “SystemVerilog for verification: a guide to learning the testbench language
features,” Springer Science & Business Media, 2008
Reference Books
1.System Verilog, 3.1a, Language reference manual
2.Vijayaraghavan, Srikanth, and Meyyappan Ramanathan. A practical guide for
SystemVerilog assertions. Springer Science & Business Media, 2005
3.Bergeron, J. "Writing Testbenches Using SystemVerilog.―NY: Springer Science and
Business Media." (2006)
Web Source:
Verification Using SystemVerilog

167 | P a g e
 Course Structure & Syllabus

GTM – Domain
Code Subject Course Type Credit
DESIGN THINKING & MANAGING T+P+
CUGM2140 3
INNOVATION THROUGH GATE PROCESS PJ (1+2+0)
PLM TOOLS ON DASSAULT PLATFORM
T + P + PJ
CUGM2141 (DESIGN AND VALIDATION USING 8
(2+6+0)
DYMOLA, CATIA, SIMULIA)
T+P+
CUGM2142 PROCESS MANAGEMENT USING ENOVIA 3
PJ (1+2+0)
T-P-PJ (0-0-
CUGM2143 PRODUCT Development 8
8)
T-P-PJ (4-
TOTAL CREDITS 22
10-8)
Domain Track Title: Go To Market-Product Development
Track Total Credits (4-10-8)
Courses Division (list all divisions):
 Design Thinking and Managing Innovation Through GATE Process (1-2-0)
 PLM Tools on Dassault Platform (Design and Validation using Dymola, Catia, Simulia)
(2-6-0)
 Process management (Using Enovia) (1-2-0)
 Product Development (0-0-8)

Domain Track Objectives:

 To familiarize the student with Industrial Product Life Cycle Management Processes
 Teach Dassault tools for PLM
 Develop digital prototypes of the products and validate them and innovate for design
efficiency

Domain Track Learning Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)

CO1 A Digitally Validated Innovatively and efficiently PO1(3), PO2(3

designed product.
CO2 Experience with 3 D experience platform Catia- PO1(3), PO2(3
Simulia- Dymola and Enovia tools.
CO3 PLM cycle management. PO1(3), PO5(3

168 | P a g e
 DOMAIN SYLLABUS:

1.Design Thinking and Managing Innovation Through GATE Process (1-2-0)

1.1 Customer or User Requirement for Specification (Gate 0)

1.2Requirement gathering and feasibility study of the project
1.3understanding users’ motivations and to gather deep insights about a product
1.4challenges and benefits of the products
1.5Understanding the product through literature survey and available resources
1.6Market analysis of existing products
1.7Finalizing the product specification
1.8Preparing a project plan

2.1Design Parameter Optimization in Dymola (Gate 1)

Designing and simulating system and subsystem of the product using system Engineering
Dymola
2.2Final functional and logical design of integrated product in system engineering with
simulation.
2.2Customizing the product properties with required inputs and analyzing the outputs.

3.1CATIA Drawing with Styling (Full product drawing) (Gate 2)

3.2CATIA part design with assembly design of the product.

3.3Behaviour experience of the product

4.1Digital Testing and Validation of the Product Using Simulia (Gate 3)

4.2Complete structural, thermal, mechanical simulations with other required simulation is

done for the product.

5.1Regulatory Certification (Gate 4)

5.2Once the regulatory certification for a particular product is over through certain testing and
validation, the product is all set for the next stage.

6.1BOM and Production planning and Vendors development (ENTRY)

6.2 Launching of Product.

2.PLM Tools on Dassault Platform (Design and Validation using Dymola, Catia, Simulia)
(2-6-0)

2.1 System Engineering Dymola

2.2Finding energetic dimension of the desired product
2.3Designing system and subsystem using behaviour modelling work bench
2.4Getting familiar with Dymola- modellica library.
2.6Understanding the behaviour of the model through input n output data

169 | P a g e
2.7Customizing the product properties
2.8System Integration with product dimension.
2.10Functional and logical design of integrated product in system engineering.
2.11D Model using CATIA
2.12ATIA part design of different components
2.13Surface designing for creating high end complex design
2.14Assembly Designing of the complete product
2.15Wire routing and entire harnessing of the design.
2.16Mechanical system Designing of the product
2.17CATIA live rendering
2.18Behaviour experience of the complete product.
2.19Design validation/Simulation using Simulia
2.20Simulation using Simulia
2.21Classification of simulation
2.22Structural simulation, Thermal simulation and both
2.23Linear and non linear analysis
2.24CFD Analysis, Fatigue, Durability
2.25Explicit Analysis, Crash Analysis (Abaqus)

3.Process management (Using Enovia) (1-2-0)

3.1Introduction to project management, Project Definition, Project Initiation

3.2Need for Project Management
3.3Provide vision and direction, increase efficiency, Control.
3.4Project scope, manage costs, manage time, Schedule the work
3.5Deal with potential risks
3.6Project Management Principles, Project structure, Clear goals
3.7 Transparency about project status, Risk recognition,
3.8The Project Life Cycle: The project initiation stage, The project planning stage, The project
execution stage, The project closure stage.
3.9Project Identification and Selection: Introduction, Project Identification Process
3.10Project Initiation, Pre-Feasibility Study, Feasibility Studies, Project Break-even point
3.11Core functionality integration with different engineering IT tools, specifically with Catia,
Delmia, Dymola, Simulia etc.
3.12PDM (product data management) systems and their implementations in product lifecycle
(Enovia)
3.13Exemplification on how PLM functionality can be used to facilitate increased information
management efficiency and exchange (Enovia)
3.14Resources Considerations in Projects: Resource Allocation, Scheduling, Project Cost
Estimate and Budgets, Cost Forecasts (Enovia)

4.Product Development (0-0-8)

4.1The Domain will be delivered through case studies, assignments and product development.
4.2The outcome will be an end-to-end digital prototype of a product, which may be patinized.
4.3Product Development Stack:

170 | P a g e
 1. E- Cart ( Full product)
2. E- SCV ( Modular Platform design and electric power train design , BIW)
3. Insulin Pump ( Design of different components like control unit, PCB, micro dc motor)
4. 500 kg Payload Drone ( Design of Mechanical system)

Session Plan for the Entire Domain:

Design Thinking and Managing Innovation Through GATE Process (1-

2-0)

Session 1 1.1 Customer or User Requirement for Specification (Gate 0)

Session 2 1.2Requirement gathering and feasibility study of the project
Session 3 1.3Market analysis of existing products
Session 4 1.4Finalizing the product specification and preparing a project plan
Session 5 1.5 Design Parameter Optimization in Dymola (Gate 1)
1.6Designing and simulating system and subsystem of the product using
Session 6
system Engineering Dymola
1.7Final functional and logical design of integrated product in system
Session 7
engineering with simulation.
Session 8 1.8CATIA Drawing with Styling (Full product drawing) (Gate 2)
Session 9 1.9Digital Testing and Validation of the Product Using Simulia (Gate 3)
1.10. Regulatory Certification (Gate 4) BOM and Production planning and
Session 10
Vendors development (ENTRY)

1.1 Customer or User Requirement for Specification and Requirement

Practice(2h) 1
gathering and feasibility study of the project
1.3Market analysis of existing products and finalizing the product
Practice(2h) 2
specification and preparing a project plan
Practice(2h) 3 Review (Gate 0)
Practice(2h) 4 1.5Design Parameter Optimization in Dymola
1.6Designing and simulating system and subsystem of the product using
Practice(2h) 5
system Engineering Dymola
Practice(2h) 6 Review (Gate 1)
1.7Final functional and logical design of integrated product in system
Practice(2h) 7
engineering with simulation.
Practice(2h) 8 1.8CATIA Drawing with Styling (Full product drawing) (Gate 2)
Practice(2h) 9 Review
Practice(2h) 10 1.9Digital Testing and Validation of the Product Using Simulia (Gate 3)
1.10. Regulatory Certification (Gate 4) BOM and Production planning and
Practice(2h) 11
Vendors development (ENTRY)
Practice(2h) 12 Review

171 | P a g e
 2.PLM Tools on Dassault Platform ( Design and Validation using
Dymola, Catia, Simulia) (2-6-0)

Session 1 2.1 System Engineering Dymola

Session 2 2.2 Finding energetic dimension of the desired product
Session 3 2.3 Designing system and subsystem using behaviour modelling work
bench
Session 4 2.4 Getting familiar with Dymola- modellica library.
Session 5 2.5 Understanding the behaviour of the model through input n output
data
Session 6 2.6 Customizing the product properties
Session 7 2.7 System Integration with product dimension.
Session 8 2.8 Functional and logical design of integrated product in system
engineering.
Session 9 2.9 3D Model using CATIA
Session 10 2.10 CATIA part design of different components
Session 11 2.11 Surface designing for creating high end complex design
Session 12 2.12 Assembly Designing of the complete product
Session 13 2.13 Wire routing and entire harnessing of the design.
Session 14 2.14 Mechanical system Designing of the product
Session 15 2.15 CATIA live rendering
Session 16 2.16 Behaviour experience of the complete product.
Session 17 2.17 Design validation/Simulation using Simulia
Session 18 2.18 Simulation using Simulia, Classification of simulation, Structural
simulation, Thermal simulation and both
Session 19 2.19 Linear and non-linear analysis
Session 20 2.20 CFD Analysis, Fatigue, Durability, Explicit Analysis, Crash
Analysis (Abaqus)

Practice(3 h) 1 P2.1 System Engineering Dymola

Practice(3 h) 2 P2.2 Finding energetic dimension of the desired product

Practice(3 h) 3 P2.3 Designing system and subsystem using behaviour modelling
work bench
Practice(3 h) 4 P2.4 Getting familiar with Dymola- modellica library.
Practice(3 h) 5 P2.5 Understanding the behaviour of the model through input n output
data
Practice(3 h) 6 P2.6 Customizing the product properties
Practice(3 h) 7 P2.7 System Integration with product dimension.
Practice(3 h) 8 P2.8 Functional and logical design of integrated product in system
engineering.
Practice(3 h) 9 P2.9 3D Model using
CATIA https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ISdup32L6Mw
Practice(3 h) 10 P2.10 CATIA part design of different
components https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CQWjb91_vKg

172 | P a g e
Practice(3 h) 11 P2.11 Surface designing for creating high end complex
design https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RT24Yj5thd8
Practice(3 h) 12 P2.12 Assembly Designing of the complete
product https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B7_irVMmOzw
Practice(3 h) 13 P2.13 Wire routing and entire harnessing of the design.
Practice(3 h) 14 P2.14 Mechanical system Designing of the
product https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B-XoaRfeD9w
Practice(3 h) 15 P2.15 CATIA live
rendering https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HsK3RVTOX1Q
Practice(3 h) 16 P2.16 Behaviour experience of the complete
product https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9RgdZUvEjPw
Practice(3 h) 17 P2.17 Design validation/Simulation using
Simulia https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDDeWRB7PCs
Practice(3 h) 18 P2.18 Simulation using
Simulia https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDDeWRB7PCs
Practice(3 h) 19 P2.19 Classification of
simulation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gVlvp1RDi2s
Practice(3 h) 20 P2.20 Structural simulation, Thermal simulation and both
Practice(3 h) 21 P2.21 Linear and non linear analysis
Practice(3 h) 22 P2.22 CFD Analysis, Fatigue, Durability
Practice(3 h) 23 P2.23 Explicit Analysis, Crash Analysis(Abaqus)
Practice(3 h) 24 P2.24 Explicit Analysis, Crash Analysis(Abaqus)
Practice(3 h) 25 P2.25 CFD Analysis, Fatigue, Durability

3.Process management ( Using Enovia ) ( 1-2-0)

Session 1 3.1 Introduction to project management, Project Definition, Project

Initiation
Session 2 3.2 Need for Project Management
Session 3 3.3 Provide vision and direction, increase efficiency, Control.
Session 4 3.4 Project scope, manage costs, manage time, Schedule the work
Session 5 3.5 Project Management Principles, Project structure, Clear goals
Session 6 3.6 Transparency about project status, Risk recognition, Deal with
potential risks
Session 7 3.7 The Project Life Cycle: The project initiation stage, The project
planning stage, The project execution stage, The project closure stage.
Session 8 3.8 Project Identification and Selection: Introduction, Project
Identification Process
Session 9 3.9 Project Initiation, Pre-Feasibility Study, Feasibility Studies, Project
Break-even point
Session 10 3.10 Core functionality integration with different engineering IT tools,
specifically with Catia,Delmia, Dymola, Simulia etc.

Practice 1 P3.1 Getting started with Enovia with known use case.
(2 h)
Practice 2 P3.2 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)

173 | P a g e
 Practice 3 P3.3 Define an existing project using Enovia
(2 h)
Practice 4 P3.4 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)
Practice 5 P3.5 Learning Task allocation for an existing project using Enovia
(2 h)
Practice 6 P3.6 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)
Practice 7 P3.7 Resource allocation for different tasks in an existing project using
(2 h) Enovia
Practice 8 P3.8 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)
Practice 9 P3.9 Review and monitoring of an existing project through Enovia
(2 h)
Practice 10 P3.10 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)
Practice 11 P3.11 Uploading deliverables of the project through Enovia
(2 h)
Practice 12 P3.12 Practicing for the given project
(2 h)

List of Projects/ papers/jobs/products to be done in domain:

174 | P a g e
 DOMAIN TITLE: Automobile Engineering (AECU2170)
Sl. Course
Course Title Course Type T-P-Pr Credits
No. Code
Introduction to
Theory
1 CUAE2170 Automobile 2-1-0 3
+Practice
Engineering
Subsystems of Theory +
2 CUAE2171 3-2-0 5
Automobile Practice
Theory +
3 CUAE2172 Electric Vehicles 2-1-0 3
Practice
Maintenance of
Automobile (2
4 CUAE2176 Practice 0-5-0 5
Wheeler & 4
Wheeler)
5 CUAE2177 Project 0-0-4 4
6 CUAE2175 Internship 0-0-4 4
Total 24

Domain Track Objectives:

 To familiarise the students with different systems and subsystems of automobile.

 To teach basic skill in maintenance of different types of automobiles.
 To know the operation and maintenance of electric vehicle.

Domain Track Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

Cos Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Students will gain knowledge about the
CO1 construction and working of different PO1(3)
systems and subsystems of automobile.
They will be able to disassemble and
CO2 assemble major aggregates of the PO3(1)
automobile
Students will be able to do vehicle
CO3 PO5(3)
trouble shooting

175 | P a g e
 Introduction to Automobile Engineering
Pre-
Course Title Course Code Type of Course T-P-Pr
Requisite

Introduction to
Theory+Practice
Automobile CUAE2170 2-1-0 Nil
Engineering

COURSE CONTENT

Module I 3 (hrs)

Automobile Architecture: Definition and Classification of Automobiles, Major Units of the

Automobile, Types of Automobile Layouts, Automobile Chassis Types and Components,
Automobile Body Types and Components, Automobile Safety Parameters.

Module II 6 (hrs)

Engine: Classification of Engine, Engine Nomenclature, Components of Engine, Valve

Timing Diagram of SI & CI Engines, Variable Valve Timing, Working Principles of Modern
Engine Combustion Technologies (CRDI, GDI, HCCI, Dual Fuel Engine, Stratified Charge
Engine.
Practice
 Valve Timing Diagram of SI Engine.
 Valve Timing Diagram of CI Engine.

Module III 5 (hrs)

Carburetion: Air-Fuel Ratio, Mixture Requirements for Different Load Conditions, Factors
Affecting Carburetion, Principle of Carburetion, Limitations of Simple Carburettor, Additional
Systems in Carburettor, Concept of Electronic Carburettor.
Practice
 Model Study of a Solex Carburettor

Module IV 5 (hrs)

Fuel Injection: Classification of Injection Systems, Fuel Feed Pump, Injection Pump, Injection
Pump Governor, Fuel Injector, Nozzle, Electronic Injection Systems, Multi-Point Fuel
Injection (MPFI) System, Direct And Indirect Fuel Injection.
Practice
 Study of Fuel Injection System of a Diesel Engine.

176 | P a g e
Module V 5 (hrs)

Transmission System: Layout of Power Flow from Engine to Wheels, Brief Construction and
Working Principles of - Clutch, Transmissions, Propeller Shaft, Final Drive and Differential,
Front and Rear Axles.
Practice
 Study of Transmission System of Automobile.
 Model Study of Differential of Automobile.

Module VI 5 (hrs)

Cooling and Lubrication System:

Direct Air Cooled and Indirect Liquid Cooled Cooling Systems, Types and Components of
Liquid Cooled Cooling System, Engine Coolant and Antifreeze Solution, Desired Properties
of Lubricants, Classification, Construction, Working Principles and Components of Various
Types of Lubricating Systems.
Practice
 Model Study of Air Cooling System.
 Model Study of Liquid Cooling System.

Module VII 4 (hrs)

Super Charging &Turbo Charging: Naturally Aspirated and Forced Induction Engine,
Effect of Forced Induction, Method of Supercharging, Types of Super Chargers, Basic
Principle and Method of Turbo Charging, Types of Turbo Charging, Concept of Variable
Geometry Turbocharging.
Practice
 Study of Working Model of Supercharger
 Study of Working Model of Turbocharger.

Text Books

1. Gupta R. B., Automobile Engineering, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.

2. Giri N. K., Automobile Technology, Khanna Publishers.

References

1. Gupta H. N., Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, PHI Learning.

177 | P a g e
 Subsystems of Automobile

Pre-
Course Title Course Code Type of course T-P-Pr
Requisite
Subsystems of Theory + Practice
CUAE2171 3-2-0 Nil
Automobile

COURSE CONTENT

Module I 6 (hrs)

Engine Emissions: Sources of Air Pollution from Automobiles and Their Control, Crank Case
Emission Control System, Evaporative Emission Control System, Exhaust Emission Control
System: Air Injection, EGR, Catalytic Converters, Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
Technology, EURO/Bharat Stage Norms: I, II, III, IV, V And VI, Road Map for
Implementation of Bharat Stage Norms In India.
Practice
 Identification of Different Sub-Systems of Automobile.
 Studies of Exhaust Gas Recirculation System (EGR) in KNOW Vehicle.
Module II 5 (hrs)

Ignition System: Effect of Spark Timing on Emission and Ignition Timing Controls,
Drawbacks of Conventional Ignition Systems, Electronic Ignition Systems (TCI And CDI),
Engine Cylinder Numbering Scheme and Firing Order of Multi Cylinder Engines.
Practice
 Study of Battery Ignition and Magneto Ignition System.
 Disassembly and Assembly of 6-Cylinder Diesel Engine

Module III 8 (hrs)

Transmission System: Power Transmission in Automobile (Front Wheel Drive, Rear Wheel
Drive, Four-Wheel Drive, All-Wheel Drive).
Clutch System: Key Design Considerations of Clutches, Types of Clutches, Construction and
Working Principle of Single Plate Friction Clutch, Diaphragm Clutch, Cone Clutch,
Centrifugal Clutch.
Gear Box: Purpose of Gear Box, Types of Automobile Gear Boxes, Construction and Working
Principle of Sliding Mesh, Constant Mesh, Synchronizer Mechanism and Synchromesh Gear
Boxes, Planetary Gear Mechanism, Fluid Coupling and Torque Convertor, Construction and
Working Principle of Automatic Transmission, Construction and Working Principle of
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) and Automated Manual Transmission (AMT).
Practice
 Study of Single Plate Friction Clutches (Coil Spring Type And Diaphragm Type).

178 | P a g e
  Study of Synchronizer Mechanism And Synchromesh Gear Box, Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT).

Module IV 12 (hrs)

Propeller Shaft and Differential: Function and Need of Propeller Shaft, Hotchkiss Drive and
Torque Tube Drive, Construction of Propeller Shaft, Universal/Hooke’s Joints, Slip Joint,
Constructional Features and Working Principle of Differential Mechanism, Types of
Differentials (Locking Type Differential, Limited Slip Differential).
Axles: Types of Automotive Axles, Constructional Features, Types and Working Principle of
Front Axles, Lift Axles, Rear Axle, Third Differential in Tandem Axle Vehicles, Construction
and Working Principle of Manual Transaxles and Transfer Cases.
Practice
 Study of Propeller Shaft, Universal Joints, Slip Joints, Centre Bearing.
 Study of Front Axle System.
 Study of Rear Axle System Including Differential Mechanism.
 Disassembly and Assembly of Manual Transaxle of Front Wheel Drive Car.

Module V 10 (hrs)

Steering System: Purpose of Steering System, Components of Steering System, Steering

Geometry (Castor, Camber, Toe-In, Toe-Out, King Pin Inclination), Types of Steering Gear
Boxes and their Construction and Working Principles, Hydraulic and Electrically Power
Assisted Steering Systems.
Braking System: Requirement and Key Design Parameters of Braking System, Classification
and Types of Braking Systems, Mechanical Brake, Hydraulic Brake, Air Brake, Vacuum
Brake, Disc Brake. Construction, Working Principle and Components of Anti-Lock Braking
System (ABS)
Practice
 Study of Steering Gear Box And Hydraulic Power Assisted Steering System.
 Identifying the Different Components and Working Of Drum Brake, Disc Brake,
Hydraulic Brake, Air Brake System.
 Study of Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) In KNOW Vehicle.

Module VI 6 (hrs)

Auto Electric System: Wiring Diagram of Horn Circuit, Lighting Circuit, Cut-Out Circuit,
Voltage and Current Regulator Circuit in Commutator Type Generator, Combined Three-Unit
Regulator Circuit, Voltage and Current Regulator in Alternating Current Type Generator And
Flasher Circuit (Sketch And Description), Common Ignition Troubles And Its Remedies, Basic
Electronic Ignition Trouble Shooting Charts, Spark Plugs: Purpose, Construction and
Specifications.

179 | P a g e
Module VII 8 (hrs)

Suspension System: Purpose and Classification of Suspension Systems, Sprung and Unsprung
Mass, Major Components of Suspension System, Description of the Conventional Suspension
Systems for Rear and Front Axle. Panhard Rod, Macpherson Strut, Double Wishbone
Suspensions. Description of Independent Suspension System Used In Cars (Coil Spring And
Torsion Bars), Constructional Features and Working of Air Suspension System, Anti-Roll
Bars, Constructional Features, Types and Working of Telescopic Shock Absorber.

Practice

 Identification of Different Types of Suspension Systems: Coil Spring, Tension and

Telescopic Suspension System.

Text Books
1. Gupta R. B., Automobile Engineering, Satya Prakashan New Delhi
2. Giri N. K., Automobile Technology, Khanna Publishers
References
1. Crouse William H and Donald Anglin, Automotive Mechanics, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publications.
2. Newton K., Steeds W, and Garrett T K, The Motor Vehicle, Butterworth Heinemann

180 | P a g e
 Electric Vehicles
Pre-
Course Title Course Code Type of Course T-P-Pr
requisite
Electric Theory+ Practice
CUAE2172 2-1-0 Nil
Vehicles

COURSE CONTENT

Module I 5 (hrs)

Introduction to Electric Vehicles: Electric Vehicles Advantages and Disadvantages, EV

Market and Promotion, Main Components of Electric Vehicle and Its Functions (Electrical and
Mechanical).
Practice:
 Study of Different Components of E-Rickshaw and Assembing Methods.
 Working of Circuits in Controllers with respect to Current and Voltage Rating.

Module II 3 (hrs)

Electric Vehicle Drive Trains: EV Transmission Configurations, Basic Architecture of

Electric Drive Trains, Single and Multi-Motor Drives, In Wheel Drives.

Module III 6 (hrs)

Energy Sources: Working Principle of Battery, Types of Batteries, Lead-Acid Battery, Nickel-
Cadmium Battery, Nickel-Metal-Hydride (Nimh) Battery, Lithium Batteries, Battery
Parameters, Fuel Cells,
Practice:
 Maintenance of Lead Acid Batteries.
 Wiring & Harnessing of Battery Circuit.

Module IV 8 (hrs)

Electric Motors: Classification of Electric Motors, DC Motor, Types of DC Motors, Brushless

DC Motor, AC Motor, Types of AC Motors, Induction Motor, Synchronous Motor,
Regenerative Braking.
Practice:
 Study of Different Parts of D.C. Motor and Make Connection.
 Performance Characteristics of a Shunt and Series DC Motor
 Load Test on Three Phase Induction Motor.
 Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor by Armature and Field Control.

181 | P a g e
Module V 5 (hrs)

Electric Vehicle Maintenance & Safety: Maintenance & Trouble Shooting of Different
Components of EV, High Voltage Electrical Safety, Tool and Equipment Usage, High Voltage
Safety Rules, Electrical Isolation.
Practice:
 Maintenance of BLDC Motor.
 Maintenance of Hub Motor.

Module VI 3 (hrs)

Design Concept of Electric Vehicle: Power and Torque Calculation of Electric Vehicles,
Sizing of Components, Initial Acceleration, Maximum Velocity, Maximum Gradability.

Module VII 3 (hrs)

Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Types of Hybrids, Series and Parallel HEVs, Advantages and
Disadvantages, Series-Parallel Combination, Hybrid Drivetrains, Sizing of Component

Text Books

1. Hussein Iqbal, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press
2. Chau K. T., Electric Vehicle Machines and Drives: Design, Analysis and
Application,Wiley.

References
1. Chan C.C. and Chau K.T., Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, London: Oxford
University.

182 | P a g e
 Maintenance of Automobile (2 Wheeler & 4 Wheeler)
Type of Pre-
Course Title Course Code T-P-Pr
Course Requisite

Maintenance of Automobile Practice

CUAE2176 0-5-0 Nil
(2 Wheeler & 4 Wheeler)

Practice

 Safety Precautions in Automobile Maintenance.

 Identification and Functions of Various Tools and Equipments used in Automobile
Workshop.
 Disassembling and Assembling of Engine of a Four Wheeler.
 Disassembling and Assembling of Engine of a Two Wheeler.
 Engine Troubleshooting.
 Nomenclature of a Spark Plug and Spark Plug Reading, Testing and Cleaning of Spark
Plug.
 Checking and Replenishing Lubricating Oil, Engine Coolant, Power Steering Hydraulic
Oil and Wind Screen Wiper Water.
 Overhauling and Servicing of Fuel System including Air Filter.
 Disassembling and Assembling Of Clutch, Clutch Troubles And Remedies.
 Repairing and Adjustment of Brake System.
 Disassembling and Assembling of Propeller Shaft.
 Inspection and Servicing of Gear Box.
 Inspection and Servicing Of CVT.
 Tire Change Operation, Wheel Balancing, Wheel Alignment, Tire Inspection (Tubeless &
Tube) and Inflation.
 Overhauling of Suspension System.
 Disassembling and Assembling of Steering System and Adjustment of Drag Link.
 Preparation of Electrical Circuits using Switches and Fuses.
 Checking of Battery Terminal Voltage, Electrolyte Level and Specific Gravity.
 Inspection of Different Electrical Circuits and ECU.
 Checking of Ignition System Circuit & Components.

Reference Book:

1. Training Manual of Four Wheeler Maintenance (Ashok Leyland)

2. Training Manual of Two Wheeler Maintenance (Yamaha).

183 | P a g e
 DOMAIN TITLE: Manufacturing (Conventional, CNC and Additive)
CMCU2150

Sl. Course
Course Title Course Type T-P-Pr Credits
No. Code
Manufacturing Requirements
and Planning (Jigs &
1 CUCM2150 Theory 2-0-0 2
Fixtures; Process Planning &
Cost Estimation)
Conventional Machining for
Practice+
2 CUCM2151 Cylindrical and Prismatic 0-4-2 6
Project
Shape Components
Practice+
3 CUCM2152 CNC Machining (0-6-2) 0-6-2 8
Project
Non-Traditional Machining Practice+
4 CUCM2153 0-2-2 4
and 3D Printing 0-2-2 Project
5 CUCM2154 Wood Engineering (0-2-0) Practice 0-2-0 2
6 CUCM2155 Internship Project 0-0-4 4
Total 26

Domain Track Objectives:

 To provide in-depth technical training & knowledge of machining technologies and

machinery which would strengthen product development and industrial-institutional
partnership.

Domain Track Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

Cos Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Knowledge to do machining effectively
CO1 PO1 ( 3)
& Efficiently.
Able to identify and solve problems in
CO2 PO2(3)
product machining.
CO3 Use of advanced CAD & CAM software PO4(3), PO5 (3)
CO4 Research in advancement in machining PO2 (3), PO3 (2)

184 | P a g e
 Manufacturing Requirements and Planning (Jigs & Fixtures; Process
Planning & Cost Estimation) 20 Hrs
Type of Pre-
Course Code Course Title T-P-Pr
Course Requisite

Manufacturing Requirements and

Theory
CUCM2150 Planning (Jigs & Fixtures; Process 2-0-0 Nil
Planning & Cost Estimation)

COURSE CONTENT (20 HRS)

Module I Introduction to Jigs & Fixtures (2 Hrs)

Theory
Fundamental Concept and Need of Jigs and Fixtures;Jigs and Fixtures design principles and
factors; Materials used in jigs & Fixtures.

Module II Locators (3 Hrs)

Theory
General Principles of Degrees of Freedom and Constraints; Foolproofing; Basic rules for
location; Locating methods, Types of locators.

Module III Clamps & Indexing Devices (3 Hrs)

Theory
Principles of clamping, Types of clamps, Liner indexing, precision linear indexing and rotary
indexing

Module IV Various Jigs & Fixtures (3 Hrs)

Theory
Components of Jigs, Types of Jigs, Selection of Jigs

Module V Types of Fixtures (3 Hrs)

Theory
Salient features of milling fixtures, Classification of milling fixtures, Facing fixtures, Slotting
Fixtures. Turning (Standard chucks, Spring collets, Cylindrical liners, Mandrels, Turning
Fixtures), Grinding, broaching, welding and modular fixtures

Module VI Process Planning: Introduction (3 Hrs)

Theory
Objectives and Approaches to Process Planning;Process Planning Activities; Process Planning
& Production Planning; Operating Sequences, Setup Documents for Process Planning.

185 | P a g e
Module VI Introduction to Cost Estimation (3 Hrs)

Theory
Objectives of Cost Estimation; Components of a Cost Estimate; Cost Estimation Procedure;
Classification of Costing; Elements of Cost; Expenses; Cost accounting, Types of Cost
Estimates; Methods of Cost Estimates; Data Requirements and Sources of information;
Allowances in Estimation (of Standard Time)

Text Books

1. Joshi, P H, Jigs & Fixtures, 2010, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill.

2. Nagpal, G R, Tool Engineering & Design, 2000, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books
1. Venkataraman, K, Design of Jigs, Fixtures & Press Tools, 2015, Wiley & Sons
2. Mehta, N K, Metal Cutting and Design of Cutting Tools, Jigs & Fixtures, 2015,
McGraw Hill

Conventional Machining for Cylindrical and Prismatic Shape Components

(75 Hrs)

Pre-
Course Title Course Code Type of course T-P-Pr
Requisite
Conventional
Machining for
Cylindrical and CUCM2151 Practice+ Project 0-4-2
Prismatic Shape
Components

COURSE CONTENT
Course Outline
1. Cylindrical Turning Operations ( Both Internal and External), Knurling, Thread
Cutting, Stepped Turning)
2. Kinematic Study of Centre Lathe
3. Hole Making Operation in Turret Lathe
4. Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices For Turning Operations
5. Kinematic Study of Pillar Drilling Machine, Radial Drilling Machine and Boring
Machine
6. Counter Boring , Counter Sinking and Threading Operations
7. Finishing Operations
8. Kinematic Study of Shaping Machines and Planning Machine
9. Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices Used for Shapers, Planers and Grinders
10. Machining Operations Using Flat Grooves, Flat and Bevel Surfaces, Dovetailed
Surfaces
11. Kinematic Study of Horizontal Milling Machine, Vertical Milling Machine

186 | P a g e
 12. Surface Grinding Machines
13. Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices Employed in Milling Machines
14. Flats, Grooves, Slots and Keyways Cutting Using Milling Machine
15. Gear Cutting Using Milling Machine
16. Process Planning of Prismatic Components, Logical sequencing of Operations
17. Estimation of Machining Operations Time and Cost

Text Books

1. Rajput, R K, A Text Book of Manufacturing Technology, 2007, 1st Edition, Laxmi

Publications.
2. Rao, P N, Manufacturing Technology, Volume 2, 2009, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books

1. Abdel, H, Fundamentals of Machining Processes: Conventional and Nonconventional

Processes, 2008, CRC Press.
2. Sharma, P C, A Text Book of Production Technology: Manufacturing Processes, 2009,
S Chand Publishers.

CNC Machining (100 Hrs)

Pre-
Course Title Course Code Type of Course T-P-Pr
requisite
CNC
CUCM2152 Practice+ Project 0-6-2 8
Machining

COURSE OUTLINE

Module I Introduction to CNC (5 Hrs)

Numerical control, Functions of Machine Tool, Concept of numerical control, Feature of CNC,
Machine control unit for CNC, Classification of CNC Machine Tool.

Module II CNC Fanuc Controller (20 Hrs)

CNC Fanuc Controller: Fanuc Control Panel, Modes of Control Panel, Hard Key, Soft Key,
Chock, Hard Jaw, Soft Jaw, Job setting.

Module III Cutting Tools (10 Hrs)

Nomenclature of CNC Cutting Tools, Identification of Cutting Tools, Manual Cutting

Operations, Offsetting and its Types.

187 | P a g e
Module IV Production Drawing (15 Hrs)

Concept of Projection, Understanding the Views, Orthographic view & Isometric View,
Reading of Dimensional Tolerance and Geometrical Tolerance.

Module V NC Programming (35 Hrs)

Developing program for Facing, Turning, Taper Turning, Drilling, Boring and Threading by
following Process Plan.

Module VI CNC Milling (5 Hrs)

Fundamentals of CNC Milling, Tool Magazine, ATC, Manual Part Programming for
Pocketing.

Module VII 5-Axis Machining (10 Hrs)

Fundamentals of 5-Axis Machining and Turn-Mill Machining.

Text Books

1. Groover, M P, CAD/CAM Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing, 2008,

Pearson Education.
2. Radhakrishnan, P, CAD/CAM/CIM, 2018, New Age International.

Reference Books

1. Jain, R K, Production Technology, 2008, 17th Edition, Khanna Publisers.

2. Agarwal, P M, CNC Fundamentals & Programming, 2014, 2nd Edition, Charotar
Publishers.

Non-traditional Machining and 3D Printing (50 Hrs)

Course Pre-
Course Title Type of Course T-P-Pr
Code Requisite

Non-traditional
Machining and CUCM2153 Practice + Project 0-2-2 Nil
3D Printing

COURSE OUTLINE

Module I Introduction (5 Hrs)

Need of Non -traditional Machining, Classification of NTM.

188 | P a g e
Module II Electric Discharge Machining (20 Hrs)

Electric Discharge Machining Fundaments, Machine Structure, Machine Control Panel,

Machine Input and Output Parameters.

Module III EDM Process Parameters (5 Hrs)

Machining Parameters, Plotting of Output graphs, Machining of Brass and Bright Steel.
Performance Characteristics, Dielectric Fluid.

Module IV Additive Manufacturing (10 Hrs)

Concept, Rapid Prototyping Process, Various Rapid Prototyping Technologies: SLA, LOM,
SLS and FDM.

Module V 3D Printing (10 Hrs)

Fundaments of 3D Printing, Machine structure and its Controller. Advantage, Disadvantage

and its Applications, Performance Evaluation.

Text Books

1. Pandey, P C, Modern Machining Processes, 2008, McGraw Hill

2. Jain, V K, Advanced Machining Processes, 2010, Allied Publishers

Reference Books:

1. Abdel, H, Advanced Machining Processes: Nontraditional and Hybrid Machining

Processes, 2005, McGraw Hill
2. Rao, P N, Manufacturing Technology, Volume 1, 2009, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication.

Wood Engineering (25 Hrs)

Course Name Code Type of course T-P-P Prerequisite

Wood Practice
CUCM2154 0-2-0 Nil
Engineering

COURSE OUTLINE
1.Introduction, Safety and serviceability, Measurements & Marking
2.Identification of Timber & Hand Tools
3.Maintenance & Sharpening of Tools, Fasteners Carpentry hand tools and their maintenance.
4.Wood joints and Structural assemblies
5.Advanced Tools in Tool Engineering (Basic working principles and Operations)
6.Product Development: Interior Designs, Furniture, Structures & construction.

189 | P a g e
Text Books

1. Williamson, T G, Wood Engineering and Construction Handbook, 2016, McGrow

Hill.
2. Garg, S K, Comprehensive Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Processes), 2008,
Laxmi Publications.

Reference

1. John, K C, Mechanical Workshop Practice, 2nd Edition, 2010, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd.
2. Hasluck, P N, Working with Hand Tools: Essential Techniques for Woodworking,
2012, Skyhorse Publishing.

190 | P a g e
 DOMAIN TITLE: Welding and Inspection (WICU2160)
Domain Track Objectives:

 To develop understanding and skill of students for Welding Technology

 Students pursuing this domain will be ready for industrial employment
 The students develop passion for higher education and research in Welding
Engineering

Domain Track Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Students are able to recognize with certification of
CO1 Welding from various national and international PO4(3)
levels industry.
Students able to be self-employable skills to become
CO2 an entrepreneur with small scale to a medium scale PO11(3)
welding units.
Ability to suggest and handle various weld joints
CO3 PO1(3)
based on Strength, Failure and Reliability

Joining Processes & Technology

Course Title Course Type of Course T-P- Pre-
Code Pr Requisite
Joining Processes and CUWI1260 Theory+Practice + 2-2-2 Nil
Technology Project

COURSE CONTENT

Module-I (29 Hours)

Welding classification, advantages, disadvantages and applications of various welding

processes, Gas Welding & Cutting: Oxy-acetylene welding, flux and filler, types of gas flames,
Gas welding techniques, Arc welding: Physics of arc welding, SMAW Principle and
equipment, types of electrodes, functions of coatings, TIG (GTAW), MIG (GMAW) & flux-

191 | P a g e
cored arc welding, submerged arc welding, weld cladding & surfacing, plasma cutting and
spraying, atomic hydrogen welding.
Practice:
1. Identification and working of gas welding equipment
2. Identification and working of gas cutting equipment
3. Identification and working of arc welding equipment
4. Identification and working of TIG welding equipment
5. Identification and working of MIG welding equipment

Module-II (28 Hours)

Resistance Welding: Spot and seam welding parameter, flash butt welding, friction welding,
explosive welding, thermit welding of rails, electro-slag welding, electro-gas welding, stud
welding, projection welding. Other Welding Methods like plasma arc, laser beam, electron
beam, ultrasonic, explosive welding, under water welding, high frequency induction welding.
Practice:
1. Identification and working of spot welding machine parts

MODULE-III (26 Hours)

Welding Power Source: Electricity in welding, power source and equipment used for AC,
DC welding, AWS classification and coding, Welding positions, types of joints, Residual
stress, Identifying defects and remedial measures for welded joints.
Practice:
1. Identification and working of power source for welding equipment in AC and DC
2. Practice in different welding positions 3
3. Practice for producing different types of welded joint

Text Books:

1. Welding & Welding Technology by R.L.Little.1976. Tata McGraw Hill Education

Privet Limited
2. Welding Technology by R. S. Parmar, 3 rd Edition, Reprint 2011, Khanna Publishers,

192 | P a g e
 3. AWS Hand Book, Volume- 1, 2 and 3 , 9th Edition, American welding society
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology by Serape. K. Kalpak Jain, Pearson
Edition

Metal Transfer and Weld Metallurgy

Course T-P- Pre-
Course Title Type of Course
Code Pr Requisite
Theory+Practice +
Metal Transfer and Weld
CUWI1261 Project 2-2-0 Nil
Metallurgy

COURSE CONTENT

Module-I (27 Hours)

Metal transfer - Metal transfer in AC and DC arc welding, metal transfer in TIG, MIG and
MAG welding, Study of different modes of metal transfer in MIG welding (Practice), Welding
defects due to improper metal transfer and improper filler material, Diffusion in Soldering and
Brazing. 343
Practice:
1. Metal transfer in TIG welding
2. Different modes of Metal transfer in MIG welding
3. Welding defects in TIG welding
4. Welding defects in MIG welding

Module-II (28 Hours)

Weld Metallurgy - Fe-C equilibrium diagram, Cooling curve, HAZ, Microstructure, Preheat
& post heat treatment, Stress relieving and normalizing, Weld-ability: concept and
significance, Percentage equivalence of carbon in weld-ability.
Practice:
1. Practice on stress relieving and normalising in welding

193 | P a g e
2. Experiments for demonstrating weld-ability

MODULE-III (26 Hours)

Weld ability of other metals - Defects in welded joints- hot cracks and cold cracks, porosity,
embrittlement, lamellar tearing, distortion etc. weld ability of low carbon steels, HCS. Weld
ability of stainless steels, weld ability of titanium and alloys, weld-ability of high strength low
alloy steels. Heat treatment of welded structures, shot pinning, stress reliving through vibration.
Ultra-sonic welding for dissimilar metals

Practice:
1. Identification of general welding defects
2. Heat treatment of welded structures

Text Books:

Welding Technology by R. S. Parmar. 3 rd Edition, Reprint 2011, Khanna Publishers, 2.

Welding Metallurgy by J.F. Lancaster, 6th Edition, WOODHEAD Publishing Limited
Reference Books: 1. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Serape. K. Kalpak Jain
Pearson Edison

Design of Welded Joints

Course T-P- Pre-
Course Title Type of Course
Code Pr Requisite
Theory + Practice +
Design of Welded
CUWI1262 Project 2-2-2 Nil
Joints

COURSE CONTENT

Module-I (16 Hours)

Design of weld joints - Introduction to design; engineering properties of steels; Type of welds
and weld joints; description of welds: terminology, definitions and weld symbols; sizing of
welds in structure, welding symbols and definition.

194 | P a g e
Module-II (14 Hours)

Weld Calculations - Design for Static loading, Weld Calculations in lap, butt and fillet welds;
design for fatigue loading, Introduction to Fatigue; nature of the fatigue process; fatigue
strength; factors affecting fatigue life; improvement methods for fatigue strength; reliability
analysis and safety factors applied to fatigue design.
Practice:
1. Design of lap joint
2. Design of butt joint

MODULE-III (21 Hours)

Mechanisms of Failure - Failure mechanisms in welded joints, How to design various kinds
of welding joints. Design of a butt joint, the main failure mechanism of welded butt joint,
tensile failure of weld, Design of transverse fillet joint, Shear mechanism in fillet weld, Design
stresses of welds. Use of CATIA Weld Design Module 345
Practice:
1. Tensile testing of welded joints
2. Bend test of welded joints

Text Books:

1. Lecture Notes
2. ASME section IX, IBR Software Used: CATIA

Testing of Welding Joints

Course T-P- Pre-
Course Title Type of Course
Code Pr Requisite
Theory+Practice +
Testing of welding
CUWI1263 Project 2-2-2 Nil
joints

COURSE CONTENT

Weld Defects and NDT Welded Joints.

ASME Section IX

195 | P a g e
WPS and PQR

Practice:

Destructive Tests:
Experiment 1 Tensile test using Standard Equipment.
Experiment 2 Impact test using Standard Equipment
Experiment 3 Bend test using Standard Equipment
Experiment 4 Hardness test using Standard Equipment
Non Destructive Tests:
Experiment 5 Visual Inspection
Experiment 6. Liquid Penetrant Test
Experiment 7 Magnetic Particle Inspection
Microstructure:
Experiment 8 Analysis of Microstructure by Image Analyzer
Experiment 9 Analysis of Microstructure by SEM

196 | P a g e
 DOMAIN TITLE: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFCU2180)

Course
Sl. No. Course Title Course Type T-P-Pr Credits
Code
Theory
1 CUCF2180 Introduction to CFD 2+0+1 3
+Project
2 CUCF2181 Grid Generation Practice 0+2+0 2
Flow Solver Practice
3 CUCF2182 0+3+1 4
Techniques-Simulia +Project
Simulation and
4 CUCF2183 Practice 0+5+0 5
Validation
Industry Specific
5 CUCF2184 Project and/or 0+0+6 6
Internship
Total 20

Domain Track Objectives:

 To familiarise the students with different industrial fluid flow systems
 To educate fundamental skills utilized in various flow systems through the usage of
CFD software platforms.
 To be familiar with the numerical elements and their implementation in many
emerging Computational methods such as automobiles, aerospace, manufacturing, etc

Domain Track Course Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Students able to write computer
CO1 programs for solving elementary fluid PO1(3)
dynamics/ heat transfer problems.
Execute industry projects to produce
CO2 PO3(3)
Quality products for Clients
General competency in Numerical
CO3 PO4(3),PO6 (2)
solution of problems in fluid dynamics

197 | P a g e
 Introduction to CFD

Course Title Course Type of Course T-P-Pr Pre-

Code Requisite

Introduction to CFD CUCF2180 Theory +Project 2+0+1 Nil

1. Introduction to CFD (2-0-1)

Module-1
Fluid, Properties of Fluid (Temperature, Vapour Pressure, Viscosity, Specific Gravity,
Compressibility, Speed of Sound, Density, Energy, Specific Heat, Newtonian and Non-
Newtonian Fluids
Module-2
Lagrangian and Eulerian Approaches, Classification of Fluid Flow (Inviscid vs. Viscous,
Laminar vs. Turbulent, Incompressible vs. Compressible, Internal vs. External, Steady vs.
Unsteady,Rotational vs. Irrotational, 1D, 2D and 3D Flows)
Project 1. Case studies in industrial pipe flows.
Module-3
Governing Equations of Flow Field (Conservation of Mass, Momentum (Navier-Stoke
Equation) and Energy)- Differential Form, Integral Form.
Project 2. Case studies and generation of drag and lift for flow over bodies.
Module-4
Flow Features (Stagnation, Boundary Layer (Laminar to Transition to Turbulent), Flow
Separation), Types of Boundary Conditions.
Project 3. Case studies in different types of aerofoil and its applications.
Module-5
Heat Transfer in Fluid (Conduction, Convection (Natural, Forced), Radiation), Non-
dimensional Quantities, Flow Similarity between Prototype and Model.
Project 4. Case studies for various non-dimensional quantities and its importance in CFD.
Module-6
CFD and its applications, Discretization methods for the CFD (FDM, FVM, FEM, Hybrid
Methods).

198 | P a g e
Project 5. Case studies for the various applications of CFD and its significance.
Module-7
Turbulence Modelling, CFD Solution Tool Chain
Project 6. Case studies for the different turbulence modelling in CFD.
Text Book:

1. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, by H.K.Versteeg &

W.Malalasekera, Longman Scientific & Technical, England

Grid Generation

Course Title Course Code Type of course T-P-Pr Pre-

Requisite
Grid Generation CUCF2181 Practice 0+2+0 Nil

2.1 Introduction to Meshes- CFD Meshing Basics

2.2 Different Element Shapes- Creating, Managing & Updating Meshes
2.3 CFD Meshing- 2D Mesh, 3D Mesh, Mapped Face Meshing,
Practice 1. 2D mapped Mesh for rectangular pipe
Practice2. 2D mapped Meshing for Aerofoil.
2.4 Structured Meshing, Un-Structured Mesh, Sweep 3D Mesh
Practice 3. 3D structure mesh of Circular Cylinder
Practice 4. 3D unstructured mesh with prims layers for Aerofoil
Practice 5. 3D coarse/ medium/ fine sweep mesh for pipe
Practice 6.3D coarse/ medium/ fine unstructured Octree Tetrahedron mesh for Aerofoil.
Practice 7. 3D hex- dominant mesh for rectangular Duct.
2.5 Visualization the Mesh- Visualization Management, Mesh Visualization Options,
Section, Clipping Box, Mesh colour, Element shrink
2.6 Reviewing the Mesh- Quality Analysis, free Edges, Interfaces, Duplicate Checker, Isolate
Node Checker
Practice 8. 3D hex-dominant with surface mesh, Boundary prim mesh for DS car.
Practice 9. 3D Tetrahedron filler mesh Narrowing pipe.
199 | P a g e
Practice 10. 3D Tetrahedron, surface, for Electronics Module.
Practice 11. 3D Sweep mesh for circular cylinder.
Practice 12. 3D mesh generation for Subsonic Converging-diverging Nozzel.
Practice 13. 3D Sweep mesh generation for U-Bend pipe.
Practice 14. 3D mesh generation of Dimple Ball.
Practice 15. 3D mesh generation of a wedge body.
Text Book:

1. HandBook of Grid Generation, by J.F.Thompson, B.K.Soni & N.P.Weatherill, CRC

Press , New York.

Flow Solver Techniques-Simulia

Course Title Course Code Type of Course T-P-Pr Pre-

requisite
Flow Solver CUCF2182 Practice +Project 0+3+1 Nil
Techniques-
Simulia

3.1 Overview-Fluid Dynamics Engineer Essentials

 Connecting to the platform, Assigning roles and Apps, Platform Interface, Importing
3D XML file, Simulation Conventions in the 3DExperience Platform
Practice 1. Getting Started with the 3DExperience Platform.
3.2 Import an assembly

 Explore the imported assembly, Renamed the assembly, Search for parts/assemblies
in the database, open parts/ assemblies found through search, duplicate, delete and save
entities, Import a 3D XML file containing fluid materials, Create and save a new material.
3.3 Fluid Dynamics Engineer Role Overview

 Exploring Fluid Dynamics Engineer Role Apps, CFD simulations work flow, Model
preparations, Material definitions, Meshing, CFD analysis, Analysis convergence, co-
simulation Analysis, Post processing results, CFD solver validations.
Practice 2. CFD analysis of steady state internal Laminar Pipe flow.
Project 1. Analysis of pipe flow at Re= 500.
3.4 Getting Started with CFD Simulations

200 | P a g e
 Fluid Model Creation, Fluid Scenario Creation App Interface, Model setup, applying
meshing, Scenario Setup, Results visualizations, Reviewing Simulation Features,
Practice 3. CFD analysis Steady-state external flow over an Airfoil.
Project 2. Analysis of 2D cylinder in a rectangular domain with varying radius and height.
3.5 Geometry for CFD Simulations

 Geometry Preparation- Check and Repair, Defeature Idealize, Create, Healing, Join,
Local Join, surface connection Checker, Face checker, Mid surface
Practice 4. Modeling of Air intake system.
Practice 5. Extracting Fluid volume for Engine Manifold.
3.6 Material and Section Properties of Fluid

 Understanding materials, working with materials, Creating a new Material, Applying

a Material, Adding New Domains, Editing a Material Domain, Simulation Domain, Material
Behaviors in a Simulation Domain, Section Properties, working with Imported Meshes
3.7 Defining Physics of Fluid

 Analysis Procedures- Enabling Temperature, Compressible, Coupled vs Segregated

solver, Gravity effects.
 Turbulence Modelling- SST k-w, Realizable k-e, Spalart-Almaras, Radiation
Modeling, Steady-state Analysis, Transient Analysis- Courant-Freidrichs-Levy (CFL)
condition, Grid Independence Study, Bad cell Treatment
Practice 6. Grid Independence study for above cases (pipe / airfoil) using different solver
schemes.
Project 3. Analysis of flow an over a circular cylinder at Re=107.
Practice 7. Conjugate Heat Transfer (CHT) Analysis of an Electronics Module.
Project 4. Analysis of temperature rise through cross flow heat exchanger.
3.8 Boundary and Initial Conditions

 Boundary Conditions, wall boundary conditions, Thermal wall boundary, Initial

Conditions, Initializing Compressible flows, Turbulence Specifications at Boundaries,
Surface- to – surface Radiation specification at Boundaries, Time- dependent Boundary
Conditions, Spatially- Varying Boundary conditions, User defined Boundary conditions.
3.9 Turbulence Modeling & Modeling Techniques.
Practice 8. Aerodynamics analysis of DS car.
Practice 9. Unsteady Flow across a Circular Cylinder.
Practice 10. Transonic Flow over an Airfoil.

201 | P a g e
Project 5. Analysis and estimation of Drag lift coefficients flat plate at Re=10,000.
3.10 Solution Convergence
Practice 11. Cavitating Flow through a Narrowing Pipe.
Project 6. Analysis of compressible flow nozzle with atmospheric pressure at the nozzle exit.
3.11 Post-processing Results.
Practice 12. Creating Post processing reports for all the above cases.

Simulation and Validation

Course Title Course Type of Course T-P-Pr Pre-

Code Requisite

Simulation and CUCF2183 Practice 0+5+0 Nil

Validation

Practice

4.1 Fluid flow in the rear duct of an automotive HVAC system.

4.2 CFD Analysis of an Air intake system.
4.3 CFD Steady-state External flow over a Drone in cruise.
4.4 DE featuring of a Lens Component.
4.5 CFD analysis for Conjugate Heat Transfer in a fan –cooled CPU Board.
4.6 CFD analysis Energy computations in a Contact Analysis.
4.7 Thermo-mechanical Analysis of a Laser Powder Bed Fusion Build.
4.8 CFD analysis in Turbulent pipe flow.
4.9 CFD Supersonic flow analysis for 3D cone.
4.10 CFD analysis over a Ahmed body.

202 | P a g e
 DOMAIN TITLE: Composite Design and Manufacturing

Sl. Course Course T-P-

Course Title Credits
No. Code Type Pr
1 CUCD2130 Introduction to Composite Theory 2-0-0 2

Biovia - Composite materials and

2 CUCD2131 Practice 0-2-0 2
characterization techniques

3 CUCD2132 Catia-Composite design Practice 0-4-0 4

Composite product validation Simulia
4 CUCD2133 Practice 0-4-0 4
Abaqus FEA
Machineries and technologies used for
5 CUCD2134 Theory 2-0-0 2
manufacturing of composite
Quality control and fabrication of Theory +
6 CUCD2135 2-2-0 4
composite structure Practice
7 CUCD2136 Project Practice 0-0-6 6
Total 24

Domain Track Objectives:

 To learn the type of composite material and different technique to fabricate

 To design of a composite part and simulate the design.
 To test the composite part and validate the materials with quality check.

Domain Track Learning Outcomes:

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Get familiarized with the concept, classification
CO1 PO1(2)
and application of Composite
Know how to test a composite and check the
CO2 PO3(2), PO5(2)
product quality
CO3 Able to design a composite using Materials Studio PO3(3)

203 | P a g e
 Introduction to composites

Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite

CUCD2130 Introduction to composites 3-0-1

Module –I (7 Hours)
Introduction to polymer, Introduction to composite, Classification: Particulate composite,
Classification: Fiber reinforced composite, Polymer matrix composites, Metal matrix
composites, Ceramic matrix composites, Nature-made composites,
Applications: Fiber glass Applications: Fiber glass Applications: Silica Applications: Kevlor,
Carbon Applications: Boron, Silicon Carbide
Module-II (6Hours)
Constituent materials for composite, Basic structural application of Composite, Advanced
structural application of Composite,
Module-III(6Hours)
Multifunctional Applications of Composites, Fabrication Processes, Elements of Mechanical
Behavior of Composites, Review of Basic Mechanics of Materials Equations
Book Suggested:
1. Composite material and structure, By PK Sinha,Wiley Publications
2. Introduction to composite Ever J. Barbero, Wiley Publications

Biovia - Composite materials and characterization techniques

T-P-Pj
Code Course Title Prerequisite
(Credit)
Biovia - Composite materials and
CUCD2131 0-2-0 Nil
characterization techniques

Module –I (25 Hours) Practice

Polymer menu
Build menu using new molecule Blends menu Synthia menu
Polymer-polymer composite
Nanoparticle-polymer composite
Inorganic composite
SEM analysis
FTIR analysis
XPS analysis
Gaussian menu
Reflex menu

204 | P a g e
 CATIA-Composites Design

Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite

CUCD2132 CATIA-Composites Design 0-4-0 Nil

Module –I (35 Hours) Practice

Composite Part Design topics: Preliminary design, Manual Ply Creation, Zone Design, ply
Management, Mirroring, Creating IML’s & Solids, Analyzing Drop Off and Slicing, composite
Grid Design, Grid Panel Definition, Grid Definition,
Composite Grid Design, Grid Panel Definition, Grid Definition, Virtual Stacking Management,
Plies Generation, Grid Ramp Support Definition, Remove Useless Ramp Supports, Swap Edge,
Reroute Ply Contour, define Local Drop Off, Create Standard Contour, Define No Drop Off
Area, Synchronize Stacking, Limit Plies from Panel Limits,
Creating a Manufacturing Document, Synchronizing, Skin Swapping, Defining the Edge of
Part, Material Excess, Producibility Flattening, Flatten Optimization, Geometry Transfer,
Producibility Inspection, Fibre Direction, Unfold Entity, Splicing and Splice Zones,
Darting, Exporting, Exporting Ply Data as IGES or DXF, XML Export, Drafting Standards,
Creating a Ply Book, Adding Material to Plies, Stagger Origin Points, Grid Angle Cut.

Composite Product Validation; Simulia(Abaqus FEA)

T-P-Pj
Code Course Title Prerequisite
(Credit)
Composite Product Validation;
CUCD2133 0-4-0
Simulia(Abaqus FEA)

Module –I (7 Hours)Practice

Defining a Problem
Defining anisotropic elasticity with Hookean models for combining the fiber-matrix response
Defining composite layups using Abacus/CAE
Defining discrete or layered reinforcing within an element using rebar
Membrane elements and truss elements
Achieving the correct material orientation of the layers of composite shells
Modeling sandwich composite structures
Modelling stiffened composite panels
Define No Drop Off Area, Synchronize Stacking, Limit Plies from Panel Limits
Modeling progressive damage and failure in composites
Modeling delamination of composite structures

205 | P a g e
Modelling low cycle fatigue of composite structures

Machineries and Technologies used for Manufacturing of Composites

T-P-Pj
Code Course Title Prerequisite
(Credit)
Machineries and Technologies used for
CUCD2134 2-0-0
Manufacturing of Composites

Module –I (7 Hours)

Introduction
Basics of Laminates, which have layers bonded together
Sandwiches
Open Mold Processes-
Hand layup process

Module –II (7 Hours)

Spray Bag, Vacuum Bagging

Automated tape laying machine,
Pressure bag molding
Closed Mold Processes
Filament Winding
Pultrusion Processes

Module –III (7 Hours)

PMC Shaping Processes.

Application of Pultrusion Process
Comparison between open and closed mold process

Book Suggested:

1. Machining Composites Materials, JP Davi, Wiley Publication

2. Mechanics of Composite Materials, Autar K. Kaw,Taylor and Fancis

206 | P a g e
 Quality control and Fabrication of Composite Structure

Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite

Quality control and Fabrication of
CUCD2135 2-2-0 Nil
Composite Structure

Module –I (7 Hours)

Define minimum standards for aerospace grade fiber, resin, fabric/braid

Define minimum standards for aerospace prepare – Material qualification, material
specification, process control document
Factors affecting Quality of Composites made by hand lay-up

Module –II (7 Hours)

Factors affecting fabrication factors, stacking sequence, fiber volume fraction, cure
Material selection criteria for new generation aircraft
Structural Requirements for Certification,
Material Qualification Procedures, Material Property Development
Material Screening and Selection,
Material and Process Specification Development

Module –III (7 Hours)

Material and Process Control, QCs for Composite Part Manufacturing, Material Acceptance
Mechanical test of laminates and sandwiches
Test for adhesives and sealants
Chemical and physical tests for material composition
Thermal analysis for composite materials

Module –IV (7 Hours)

Aging tests by chemical aging

Thermal and humidity aging
Radiation aging test
Reappear test, fire and smoke test
Non-destructive test, Ultrasonic Phased Array test,2D X-Ray test on field

Practice

 Fabrication using Natural Fibre

 Fabrication using glass fiber
 Fabrication using carbon fiber
 Fabrication processes for polymer matrix composites (PMC)
 Matched Die mold
 Contact Mould, Filament Winding
 Pultrusion
 Fabrication processes for metal matrix composites (MMC)
 Diffusion Bonding, Powder Metallurgy Process, Casting

207 | P a g e
  Fabrication processes for ceramic matrix composites (CMC)
 Hot Press Sintering, Liquid Infiltration
 Sintering, Chemical Vapour Deposition Process

Suggested Book:

1. Composite Materials and Structural Analysis, NGR Iyengar, My learning publication

2. Composite Structures: Effects of Defects, Rani Elhajjar, Wiley Publication

Project
Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite
CUCD2136 Project 0-0-6 Nil

208 | P a g e
 Domain
Architectural and Structural Design

Course Title Type of course T+P+PJ Prerequisite

Architectural and Structural Practice + Project
0+15+5 Nil
Design
Courses Divisions:

DOMAIN: Architectural and Structural Design (0+15+5)

Sl. Code Subject Name T+P+P Credits Hrs.
No.
1. CUSD 2120 Critical thinking and presenting it 0+3+0 3 48
with digital platform (AutoCAD
leads to 3D base)
2. CUSD 2121 Scope to enrich by exposing them 0+5+0 5 72
to BIM modelling.
3. CUSD 2122 Design and failure analysis of 0+5+0 5 72
structure.
4. CUSD 2123 Amalgamation of architecture and 0+2+0 2 26
civil requirements using
Generative Apps.
5. CUSD 2124 Project 0+0+5 5 72

Total 20

Course Objectives:
 To teach the Principles of architectural building design.
 To familiarize the student with practicing life in construction industry and orient
their learnings towards practical application in the field.
 Make a difference with cutting edge technology.

Course Outcomes:
Mapping COs with POs
COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2, Low-
1)
Strong understanding of architectural design
CO1 PO1 (3), PO3 (2),
and scope for innovative ideas.
Case study based practical solution with
CO2 PO4[3]
actual site visits/live buildings.

209 | P a g e
 Modelling of structural elements and failure
CO3 PO5 (3)
analysis.
Time saving estimations/structural calculations
CO4 PO7 [2]
using digital tool in sustainable manner.

Domain Syllabus

Critical thinking and presenting it with digital platform

Subject Name Code Type of Credit T+P+P Prerequisite

course
Critical thinking and CUSD Practice 3 0+3+0 NIL
presenting it with digital 2120
platform.
1.1 Introduction to Architectural Design
1.2 The need and scope of with basics of Design Principles

1.3 Ergonometric data and its application

1.4 Hands-on experience with designing their own house or hostel

1.5 The need of digital drive for 2D design expressions

1.6 Basics of AutoCAD, Conceptualization of Design: Own House drafting/Hostel

1.7 Addition of Creativity and modifying the design

1.8 Study the impact of Geological data, climatological data on design

1.9 Modification of design based on hydrology, soil, site conditions

1.10 Carving out a meaningful design in terms of architecture and structure.

1.11 Application of 2D design/ welcoming them in the world of 3D design

1.12 Basics of 3D concepts and commands

1.13 Practical techniques for saving area/cost

1.14 Presenting a wholesome idea before moving to BIM

210 | P a g e
 Scope to enrich by exposing them to BIM Modelling

Subject Name Code Type of course Credit T+P+P Prerequisite

Scope to enrich by exposing CUSD Practice 5 0+5+0 NIL
them to BIM modelling 2121

2.1 Introduction to BIM modelling

2.2 The need and scope of with live examples
2.3 Ergonometric data and its application
2.4 Applying learnings to a bigger scale hotel/flat scheme/hostels
2.5 Incorporation of site factors
2.6 Realistic approach road and building bye-laws
2.7 The magic of Importing previous plans & reorient them to achieve larger scale in no
time
2.8 Prepare specifications in BIM
2.9 Estimating all the quantities in a very short time
2.10 Concepts of CATIA
2.11 Layer wise calculation for pipelines, electrical ducts, AC units etc.
2.12 Introducing structural layers for design
2.13 Cross check with grid formation, foundation calculation & column orientation
2.14 Data and record for 3D design of individual aspects for the next level

Design and Failure Analysis of Structure

Subject Name Code Type of course Credit T+P+P Prerequisite

Design and Failure CUSD Practice 5 0+5+0 NIL
Analysis of Structure 2122

Introduction to steel structures. Modeling, Analysis and design of steel truss in as per AISC
360.
3.2 Linear buckling analysis of structures.
3.3 Introduction to PEB, Modelling PEB and assigning properties, load cases, design
parameters, Analysis and extracting results.
3.4 Introduction to lattice steel structures. Modelling, Analysis and design of lattice steel
structures.
3.5 Reading design results and optimizing the steel structure.
3.6 Modelling, Analysis and design of portal frame as per AISC 360 and ASCE 07-16

211 | P a g e
3.7 Introduction to nonlinear static analysis. Perform pushover analysis.
3.8 Introduction and modelling of composite deck platform
3.9 Modelling of deck slab and assigning section properties with releases
3.10 Assigning specifications and diaphragm to the structures
3.11 Define and calculate seismic and wind loads as per ASCE 07 and ATC hazards
3.12 Define load cases and load combinations, Deflection check concept, floor vibration
analysis.
3.13 Analyse composite structure and extract results.
3.14 How to import CAD MODEL, Design and analysis of multi storey residential building
based on different loading criteria (based Code on IS456:2000), Creating plate elements and
shear walls.
3.15 Design and analysis of frame structures based on different loading criteria (based Code
on IS456:2000)
3.16 Design, analysis of Foundations (Isolated footing and Combined footing based on code
IS456:2000)
3.17 Design, analysis of structural elements e.g. Beam, column, Slab (one way and Two
way) (based Code on IS456:2000 and BS8007)
3.18 Error and warning analysis, Report generation

Amalgamation of Architecture and Civil Requirements using Generative Apps

Subject Name Code Type of course Credit T+P+P Prerequisite

Amalgamation of CUSD Practice 2 0+2+0 NIL
Architecture and Civil 2123
Requirements using
Generative Apps

4.1 Optimisation of steel cost- using permutation & combination of steel/foundation type or
small changes in architectural design
4.2 Segregated services
4.3 Revising PERT/CPM paths
4.4 Addition of storage spaces
4.5 Façade treatment/modification
4.6 Inclusion of basement/parking areas/bunkers
4.7 Reduction of construction cost
4.8 Site development and slope calculation (in brief)
4.9 Mitigating hydrological impacts on difficult sites

212 | P a g e
 PROJECT

Subject Name Code Type of course Credit T+P+P Prerequisite

Project CUSD 2124 Project 5 0+0+5 NIL

List of Projects:

1. Small scale (initial) with interior

1.a. Hostel room
1.b. Individual home
1.c. Duplex bungalow
1.d. Shop
2. Live/ ongoing Project/Turn key basis
2.a. Multi storey building
2.b. Hospital
2c. Hostel
2.d. Office Building
3. Highway geometry design
4. Design and analysis industrial ware house
5. Design and analysis of auditorium with proper load calculation, load cases, load
combination based on code (IS 456:2000 and BS 8007).
6. Design of bridge deck slab

Gate Process for Project

1. Gate 0: Project Identification
2. Gate 1: Planning
3. Gate 2: Modelling
4. Gate 3: Design and simulation
5. Gate 4: Documentation

213 | P a g e
 DOMAIN

Aerial Surveying and Remote Sensing Applications

Course Title Type of course T-P-PJ Prerequisite
Aerial Surveying and Theory + Practice +
4 - 10 - Nil
Remote Sensing Project
4
Applications

Courses Division:

DOMAIN: Aerial Surveying and Remote Sensing Applications (4-10-4)

Sl. Code Subject Name T-P-P Credits Hrs.
No.
1. CUAS2020 REMOTE SENSING & DIGITAL IMAGE 2-2-0 4 45
PROCESSING
2. CUAS2021 GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY AND ITS 2-2-0 4 45
APPLICATION
3. CUAS2022 PHOTOGRAMMETRY AND ITS 0-2-0 2 25
APPLICATION
4. CUAS2023 LIDAR REMOTE SENSING AND ITS 0-2-0 2 25
APPLICATIONS
5. CUAS2024 HYPER-SPECTRAL REMOTE SENSING 0-2-0 2 25
AND ITS APPLICATION
6. CUAS2025 PROJECT 0-0-4 4 54

Total 18

Course Objectives

 Apply the principles of Remote Sensing and GIS to collect, map and retrieve spatial
information.
 Plan, assess and evaluate natural and manmade systems using geospatial models
and methods.
 Use geospatial tools and techniques for natural resources planning and
management.
 Pursue research and develop capabilities to handle multi-disciplinary field projects.
 Work in teams and demonstrate leadership skills with professional ethics

214 | P a g e
Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to identify specific data knowledge and analyses
CO1 methodology for effective mapping and evaluation PO1 (3), PO2 [1]
resources.

Understand the geospatial models skills address to the

CO2 PO4 [1], PO6[1]
social and engineering problems.

Design multi-criteria geospatial systems for decision-

CO3 PO3 (2)
making process.

Work in a team using geospatial tools and

CO4 PO9(3)
environment to achieve project objectives.

Pursue lifelong learning for professional

CO5 PO12 (3)
advancement.

Evaluation System: As per university norms

Remote Sensing and Digital Image Processing CUAS2020 (2-2-0)

Subject Name Code
Type of Credit T- Prerequisite
course P-P
Remote Sensing and Digital CUAS2020 T+P 4 2-2- NIL
Image Processing 0

Module: I Basic Concept of Remote Sensing (4+6) Hours

Introduction of Remote Sensing: Principles of RS and its Type; Energy sources and Radiation
principles, Pixel, DN value, Energy equation; EMR and Spectrum; EMR interaction with
Atmosphere; scattering, Absorption, Atmospheric window, Black body radiation; EMR
interaction with earth surface features, reflection, absorption, emission and transmission,
Spectral signature; Interaction with vegetation, soil, water bodies; Advantage of RS over
conventional method, Limitation, Ideal remote sensing.
Practice:

 Installation of Image Processing software’s

 Download satellite data from GLOVIS / Earth Explorer / Bhuvan etc.
 Layer stacking
 LUT and Image Subset
 Spectral Signature mapping (soil, vegetation, water)

215 | P a g e
Module: II Digital Image (2+3) Hours

Data acquisition: Procedure, Reflectance and Digital numbers; Intensity, Reference data,
Ground truth, Analog to digital conversion, FCCs, TCC, Platforms and sensors; orbits, types,
Resolutions; Image Interpretation; visual- Interpretation keys.

Practice:
 FCCs and TCC
 Resolution
 Image Interpretation

Module: III Satellite Information and Principles (2+3) Hours

Land observation satellites, characters and applications; PSLV, GSLV, Satellite, Platform
Types; LANDSAT series; IRS series; IKONOS Series; QUICKBIRD series;
Weather/Meteorological satellites; INSAT series, NOAA, Applications, Marine observation
satellites; OCEANSAT

Practice:
 Image filtering and Band ratioing
 Mosaicking

Module: IV Image Acquisition and Format (2+4) Hours

Digital Image Processing; Export and import, Data formats; BSQ, BIL, BIP, Run length
encoding, Image Compression Data products.

Practice:
 Export and Import
 Histogram
 Subset using AOI

Module: V Image Processing (3+4) Hours

IMAGE RECTIFICATION; Pre-processing and Post processing Geometric distortion; sources

and causes for distortion, rectification, GCP, Resampling, Image registration; Radiometric
distortion; sources and causes, atmospheric correction.
Practice: (Spectral Python and ENVI)
 Geometric correction
 Radiometric correction
 Atmospheric correction

Module: VI Image Classification (4+4) Hours

IMAGE CLASSIFICATION; Classification techniques, types, Supervised and Un-supervised;

Principal Component Analysis (PCA); Image Enhancement; Accuracy assessment.

216 | P a g e
Practice:
 PCA analysis (spectral Python and ENVI)
 NDVI, DVI, NDWI calculation
 Image classification in Spectral angel Mapper
 MNF Ratoing
 Supervised Classification (spectral Python and ENVI)
 Un-supervised Classification (spectral Python and ENVI)
 Image Enhancement (ENVI)
 Accuracy Assessment (ENVI)

Module: VI Remote Sensing and Its application (3+4) Hours

Microwave RS and its application; Thermal RS and its application; Optical RS and its
application; Sensor and its types.

Practice: Using Spectral Python

 Application of microwave remote sensing (Structural Trend line mapping)
 Application of thermal remote sensing and case study (Land surface Temp. estimation)
 Application of optical remote sensing and case study

Geospatial Technology and its Application CUAS2021 (2-2-0)

Subject Name Code Type of Credit T-P- Prerequisite
course P
Geospatial Technology and its CUAS2021 T+P 4 2-2- NIL
Application 0

Module I: GIS & Cartography (2+4) Hours

Components of GIS, Types of Data in GIS, Scale Application of GIS, Advantage and limitation
of GIS. History and development of Cartography; Definition, scope and concepts of
cartography, Characteristics of Map; Categories of maps, Methods of mapping, relief maps,
thematic maps.

Practice:
1. Symbology (generalization, symbology, and colour effect, change symbology and use
transparency in creative ways) using GRASS and QGIS, Geo-referencing (Map to Image
and Image to Image), Projection, Data base creation: Digitization using Point, line and
polygon, Edit, Clip, Intersect, Union, Merge, Join and subset. Attribute table editing
2. Google Earth (Convert Shape file to KML Format and KML File to shape file, import data
into Google earth, Bhuvan view, Extract data From Google Earth, Extract Point Data,
Extract Polygon data, Extract line data, overlaying an image into Google earth)

217 | P a g e
Module: II Data analysis tools (2+4) Hours

Raster data spatial analysis, Network analysis, Vector operations and analysis, Data editing,
Primary and secondary data. Data model and data structure, Geodatabase and metadata, GIS
data model, Overlay analysis, Network modeling, Data Structure Models, Spatial interpolation;
measurement and analysis methods, Advantage and disadvantage

Practice:
1. Linking of spatial and Non-spatial data and queries, Joining tabular data with the feature
attribute data, Non-spatial query, Spatial query, Spatial join, Vector based spatial
analysis, Raster based spatial data analysis
2. Buffering and Creation of Contour
3. Network Analysis

Module: III Multi-criteria analysis and decision making (3+4) Hours

Principles and elements of multiple-criteria decision making, Classification of Multiple-criteria

Decision Problem: Multi-objective Vs Multi-attribute, Decision Alternatives and constraints,
Criterion weighting, Decision rules, Multiple-criteria decision making in spatial data analysis.

Introduction to AHP, Basic Principles of AHP, Effect Table, Pair Wise comparison,
Consistency, Weightage, performance score, Case studies involving AHP

Practice:
1. Mapping accident locations using Linear Referencing technique.
2. Preparation of raster layers for Multicriteria Analysis
3. Solving a spatial problem using Multicriteria Analysis (Spatial AHP)

Module: IV Digital Elevation Model (DEM) (2+4) Hours

Concept of DEM, Various techniques to generate DEM, Importance of spatial resolution to

DEM, Integration of DEM to satellite data, Common derivatives of DEM, Slope, Aspects, TIN,
Sources of DEM, Laminations and future of DEM.

Practice:

1. Google earth to DEM, 3D Map preparation, Contour to DEM, TIN and Aspect
2. DEM based surface Hydrology modeling,
3. LiDAR classification, DEM from LiDAR

Module: V Geospatial Technology for Water resources Engineering (3+4) Hours

Watershed, types, divide catchment, command area, stream types, Drainage network, different
pattern; morphometric analysis, Bifurcation ratio analysis; Assessment of Groundwater
potential zones and Groundwater mapping; Site selection for recharge structures,
Hydrogeological Mapping GIS applications to ground water studies.

Practice:

218 | P a g e
 1. Mapping of catchment, command area
2. Drainage network analysis
3. Morphometric analysis
4. Mapping of Groundwater potential zones

Module: VI Geospatial Technology for Environmental Engineering (3+4) Hours

Monitoring atmosphere constituents; air pollution, industrial activity, modeling using GIS,
Resource development in remote areas, Impacts of anthropogenic activity, Solid Waste
management; Water Pollution, Shortest path Identification, Network analysis.

Practice:
1. Air pollution mapping
2. Solid waste management
3. Water pollution

3. Photogrammetry and Application CUAS2022 (0-2-0)

Subject Name Code Type of Credit T-P-P Prerequisite
course
Photogrammetry and CUAS2022 T+P 2 0-2-0 NIL
Application 25Hours

Practice Experiments:

1 Scale determination from aerial photo

2 Aerial photo Interpretation
3 Use of Parallax bar and determination of Height from stereo pair
4 Satellite DEM and ortho Image generation
5 Primary and additive colour creation
6 Stereo test
7 Mosaic
8 Stereoscopic vision
9 Relief displacement
10 Analog to digital conversion, Orientation of stereo model and Determination of
Height
11 Aerial mapping using DRONE
12 Mosaicking of aerial Photo
13 Correction and rectification
14 DTM generation Image correction, Link between GIS and Digital Photogrammetry
and Ortho Image generation

219 | P a g e
 4. LIDAR Remote Sensing and Application CUAS2023 (0-2-0)
Subject Name Code Type of Credit T-P-P Prerequisite
course
LIDAR Remote Sensing CUAS2023 T+P 2 0-2-0 NIL
and Application 25Hours

Practice Experiments:

1 Download of LIDAR data

2 Layer stacking
3 Data Validation
4 Georeferencing Technology
5 Boresight Calibration - Lidar Data Pre-processing
6 Project Coverage Verification - Review Lidar Data against Field Control
7 Lidar data errors and rectifications, - processes calibration of Lidar data - artifacts and
anomalies - Lidar Error Budget.
8 Noise Removal and other sensor-related artifacts - Layer Extraction - Automated
Filtering
9 Manual Editing and Product Generation – Surface Editing - Hydrologic Enforcement
10 Breaklines, Contours, and Accuracy Assessment
11 Topographic Mapping, flood inundation analysis, line-of-sight analysis
12 Forestry, various types of LIDAR sensors-, vegetation metric calculations - specific
application software.
13 Corridor mapping system, data processing and quality control procedures.
14 Modelling

220 | P a g e
 5. Hyperspectral Remote Sensing and Application CUAS2024 (0-2-0)
Subject Name Code Type of Credit T-P-P Prerequisite
course
Hyperspectral Remote CUAS2024 T+P 2 0-2-0 NIL
Sensing and Application
25Hours

Practice Experiments:

1 Introduction to ENVI, Python and Downloading, Displaying, and Analyzing

Hyperspectral Imagery
2 Atmospheric Correction of Hyperspectral Imagery.
3 MNF rationing from Hyperspectral (EO1)
4 Hyperspectral Image Classification Using Spectral Angle Mapper (SAM) & Spectral
Feature Fitting (SFF).
5 Hyperspectral Imagery Classification Using an Unsupervised Neuron fuzzy System.
6 Application of Hyperspectral Imagery in Geological Studies.
7 Hyperspectral Signatures & Feature Fitting.
8 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing for Agriculture and soil Studies.
9 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing for Forestry Applications.
10 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing for Urban Studies.
11 Mineral identification from Hyperspectral imagery
12 Python Programming for Hyperspectral data analysis.

6. Project CUAS2025 (0-0-4)

Subject Name Code Type of course Credit T-P-P Prerequisite
Project CUAS2025 Project 4 0-0-4 NIL

List of Projects :
1. Flood inundation mapping and Risk Evaluation using Geospatial Technology.
2. Landslide Hazard mapping using GIS and RS.
3. Land use and Land cover Dynamics using Earth observation Technology.
4. Mangrove change detection study using Multi-Temporal satellite data.
5. Solid waste management and shortest path identification using GIS Technology.

221 | P a g e
 6. Watershed management using GIS Technology.
7. Identification Mineral mapping using GIS and RS.
8. Crop Health Monitoring using Geospatial Technology.
9. Identification of Hydrocarbon Locales using space inputs and
Geospatial Technology.
10. Ground water exploration using GIS and RS Techniques.
11. Interlinking of River using GIS Technology.
12. Biomass estimation using Space Technology.
13. Land surface Temperature mapping using RS Technology.
14. Climate Change study using Earth Observation Technology.
15. Erosion and Accretion study of Shorelines and its impact in coastal habitats.

Students take up group projects and deal the following activities during the project. The
project Report should contain below gate process.

Step 1: Functional Planning of the project and Objective Identification

Step 2: Literature Review
Step 3: Preparation of Flow chart for Methodology
Step 4: Layer creation and GIS analysis
Step 5: Identifying the possible Risks involved (specific to the project)
Step 6: Report writing

Each student is expected to do an individual project. At the completion of a project the student
will submit a project report, which will be evaluated (end semester assessment) by duly
appointed examiner(s). This evaluation will be based on the project report and a viva voce
examination on the project. Student will be allowed to appear in the final viva voce examination
only if he / she has submitted his / her project work in the form of paper for presentation /
publication in a conference / journal and produced the proof of acknowledgement of receipt of
paper from the organizers / publishers.

222 | P a g e
 Domain
CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, MONITORING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Course Title Type of course T+P+PJ Prerequisite

Construction Planning, Theory + Practice + 4+6+6 Nil
Monitoring and Project Project
Management

DOMAIN: Construction Planning, Monitoring and Project Management (4+6+6)

Sl. Code Subject Name T+P+P Credits Hrs.
No.

1. CUCP2110 Study of Drawings and Plan 2+1+0 3 25

2. CUCP2111 Project Scheduling &Management 0+2+0 2 36

3. CUCP2112 Site Study and Study on Contract Laws 2+1+0 3 50

4. CUCP2113 Concepts of Quality Control and Checking 0+1+1 2 45

Quantity Estimation and Equipment
5. CUCP2114 0+1+1 2 45
Management
6. CUCP2115 Site Supervision Project 0+0+4 4 48
Total 16

Course Objectives:

 Students will be able to work with the latest trend of the construction industry needs.
 Understand different methods of project delivery and the roles and responsibilities of
all constituents involved in the design and constant process.
 Give the students experience, supervision and direction in recognizing and applying
the concepts of project management and construe planning.

Course Outcomes:

COs Course outcomes Mapping COs with POs

(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Students will apply knowledge and plan
CO1 various complex project problems relating PO1 (3), PO2 (2), PO4 (1)
to advanced building technology with trust.

223 | P a g e
 Students will be able to churned as
CO2 Construction Manager, Project Engineer. PO9 (3),P011 (2),
Site Supervisor and Project Consultant
with critical thinking and skills

Maintain and develop the ability to put

CO3 their knowledge of theory into practical PO6 (3), PO7 (2)
problems using forms of construction
focusing to society and environment.

PHASE-I STUDY OF DRAWINGS AND PLAN (2+1+0)

Inputs required completing the project
1. To ensure the student to read about the technical terms in various building drawings.
2. To give hands on practice to the students in preparing blue prints of a proposed
construction.

To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
Types of input Type of study
Preparation of Site Map
 Conduct a site survey to gather information about the topography,
soil conditions, vegetation, and existing structures on the site.
 Analyze the site data to identify potential challenges and
opportunities for the project. This may include assessing the
suitability of the site for the proposed development, identifying Theory +
potential hazards, and determining the most appropriate location for
Drawing Practice
key features such as buildings, roads, and utilities.
 Develop a conceptual site plan that includes the proposed layout of
the development, including the location of buildings, roads,
sidewalks, and other infrastructure.
 Prepare detailed engineering plans and specifications for the site,
including grading plans, drainage plans, and utility plans.
Preparation of Electrical and Plumbing drawing
 Review the architectural plans and specifications to understand the
electrical and plumbing requirements of the project. Theory +
 Develop a rough electrical layout, which includes the location of
Drawing Practice
electrical panels, switches, outlets, and lighting fixtures.
 Develop a rough plumbing layout, which includes the location of
plumbing fixtures, water supply, and drainage lines.

224 | P a g e
  Prepare single line diagrams, load schedules, and other technical
documents as needed.
 Use the electrical and plumbing drawings as a guide during the
construction phase, to ensure that the project is built according to the
approved plans.
Preparation of Bar Bending Schedule and Carpentry drawing
 Introduction to Bar Bending Schedule and Carpentry Drawing
 Basic concepts of reinforcement and carpentry work
 Reading and interpreting architectural and structural drawings
 Understanding the different types of reinforcement and carpentry Theory +
elements
Drawing Practice
 Calculating the quantities of reinforcement and carpentry materials
 Preparing the Bar Bending Schedule and Carpentry Drawings
 Site execution and quality control of reinforcement and carpentry
work
 Safety precautions in reinforcement and carpentry work
Structural Detailing of building components
 Introduction to structural detailing and its importance in building
design
 Basic concepts of structural steel and reinforced concrete detailing
 Reading and interpreting architectural and structural drawings Theory +
 Detailing of structural steel members, such as beams, columns,
and bracings Drawing Practice
 Detailing of reinforced concrete members, such as beams,
columns, slabs, and foundations
 Connection design and detailing of structural steel and reinforced
concrete members
 Standards and codes for structural detailing
Preparation of Building layouts Field Work
Report Preparation Report
Review Presentation

Phase II PROJECT SCHEDULING &MANAGEMENT (0+2+0)

Inputs required completing the project

1. WBS
2. Equipment Scheduling
3. Labour Scheduling
4. Material Scheduling
5. Financial Resource allocation.

225 | P a g e
To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
TYPES OF INPUT TYPE OF STUDY
Preparation of Functional Planning Practice
Detail analysis report about the information of an equipment Practice
Preparation of datasheet of construction labours Practice
Preparation of materials list required for the project Project
Scheduling the resources of the project Project
Report Preparation Report
Review Presentation

PHASE III SITE STUDY AND STUDY ON CONTRACT LAWS (2+1+0)

Inputs required completing the project
● To learn about the methods of marking layouts and pre construction process.
● To study the various types of construction contracts and their legal aspects and
provisions.

To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
Types of input Type of study
Marking Layouts of proposed plan. Field work
Preparation of Site Map Surveying Practice
Design of contract documents
 Introduction to contract documents and the design-bid-build
process
 Types of contracts and their characteristics
 Basic concepts of legal and contract principles
Theory+ Class
 Preparation and interpretation of specifications
 Preparation of contract drawings and documents Room Practice
 Cost estimation and budgeting
 Bid evaluation and contract award
 Contract administration and change order management
 Risk management and insurance
 Case studies and examples of contract documents
Tenders Prequalification–Bidding–Accepting–Evaluation of Theory+ Class
Tender from Technical, Contractual and Commercial Points of
Room Practice
View.

226 | P a g e
  Introduction to tenders and prequalification
 Types of tenders and procurement methods
 Basic concepts of project management
 Preparation of tender documents
 Prequalification criteria and evaluation
 Evaluation of tenders and bid analysis
 Contract negotiation and award
 Compliance and ethics in tenders
 Case studies and examples of tenders and prequalification
 Legal Requirements
 Insurance and Bonding
 Laws Governing Sale Theory+ Class
 Purchase and Use of Urban and Rural Land–Land Revenue
Room Practice
Codes
 Tax Laws

Assessment (Lab) Examination

PHASE IV CONCEPTS OF QUALITY CONTROL AND CHECKING (0+1+1)

Inputs required completing the project
● To enlighten the student with the tools of total quality management process.
● To give hands on practice to the students in preparing quality assessment schedules
and inspection check lists
● Carryout the field and laboratory tests for quality assessment in construction industry.
To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
TYPES OF INPUT TYPE OF STUDY
Generation of sample QC inspection Check list for Industrial Practice
building.
Generation of sample QC inspection Check list for Institutional Practice
building.
Generation of sample QC inspection Check list for Apartment Practice
building.
Generation of sample QC inspection Check list Road Structures. Practice
Report Preparation. Report
Review. Presentation

227 | P a g e
PHASE V QUANTITY ESTIMATION AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT (0+1+1)

Inputs required completing the project

● Identify the particular equipment to be used in the construction project they will
undertake.
● Prepare plans for economic management by estimating the costs of the total
construction works.
● To appraise the student with the aspects related to functioning, operation and
maintenance of various construction equipment.
To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
Types of input Type of study
Planning & Selection of Equipment. Practice (Self-Learning)
Economics of Equipment and procurement techniques. Practice (Self-Learning)
Estimation for total construction cost. Practice (Self-Learning)
Estimation for total labor and material cost. Practice (Self-Learning)
Preparation of BOQ. Estimator 2.0 (Lab)
Review Presentation

PHASE VI SITE SUPERVISION PRACTICES (0+0+4)

Inputs required completing the project

1. To demonstrate supervision of concreting task such as form finish concrete structure,
complex structure, slip form concreting and concreting in extreme weather condition.
2. Supervise, monitor and evaluate performance of subordinates at workplace.
3. To study about the processes of various stages of construction on the field.

To fulfill the requirement of the INPUTS the candidate has to learn the following steps:
Types of input Type of study
Supervise and monitor the execution of System/shuttering Practice (Self-Learning)
Carpentry works.
Supervise and monitor the execution of concreting works. Practice (Self-Learning)
Supervise and monitor the execution of bar bending works. Practice (Self-Learning)

228 | P a g e
 Supervise and monitor the execution of scaffolding works. Practice (Self-Learning)
Supervise and monitor the daily labour works (DPR). Practice (Self-Learning)
Assessment (Review) Presentation

REPORT WRITING

Inputs required completing the project

1. Functional Planning of the project
2. Identification of Objects
3. Literature Review
4. Preparation of Flow chart for Methodology
5. Sequences of construction process
6. Identifying the possible Risks involved (specific to the project)
7. Result and Discussion
8. Conclusion
9. Recommendation
10. References

Each student is expected to do an individual project. At the completion of a project the student
will submit a project report, which will be evaluated (end semester assessment) by duly
appointed examiner(s). This evaluation will be based on the project report and a viva voce
examination on the project. Student will be allowed to appear in the final viva voce examination
only if he / she has submitted his / her project work in the form of paper for presentation /
publication in a conference / journal and produced the proof of acknowledgement of receipt of
paper from the organizers / publishers.

229 | P a g e
 Computer Science and Engineering
DOMAIN
CUTM MLCU2000 Data Science and Machine Learning 26 2-9-15
BTech CUML2010 ML for Predictive Analysis 4 1-2-1
BTech CUML2011 ML for Image Analytics 4 0-2-2
BTech CUML2007 Digital video Processing 3 0-2-1
BTech CUML2008 IoT Analysis 4 0-2-2
BTech CUML2009 Mathematics for ML 3 2-1-0
BTech CUML2004 ML for Hyperspectral imaging 6 0-4-2
BTech CUML2005 Internship 4 0-0-4
BTech CUML2006 Project 4 0-0-4
CUTM STCU2010 Software Technology 20 0-9-11
BTech CUST2010 Web Services Using JAVA 5 0-4-1
BTech CUST2011 Advanced JAVA Programming 4 0-3-1
BTech CUST2012 Web Programming Using React 3 0-2-1
BTech CUST2013 Product Development 8 0-0-8
CUTM CTCU2030 Cloud Technology 18 4-8-6
BTech CUCT2030 AWS Solution Architect (SAA-CO2) 6 2-4-0
BTech CUCT2031 AWS Developer (DVA-CO1) 6 2-4-0
BTech CUCT2032 Project 6 0-0-6
CUTM CUCS2045 Cyber Security 20 6-10-4
Linux Server Management and
BTech CUCS2045 4 2-2-0
Security
BTech CUCS2046 Advanced Hacking Techniques 4 2-2-0
BTech CUCS2047 IT Networking and Network Security 4 2-2-0
Vulnerability Assessment &
BTech CUCS2048 4 0-0-4
Penetration Testing
CUCS2049 Project 4 0-0-4
Gaming and Immersive Learning
CUTM ARCU2060 20 5-5-10
(AR & VR)
BTech CUAR2060 Introduction to Gaming & Simulation 2 1-1-0
BTech CUAR2061 Game Assets & Game Objects 3 1-1-1
BTech CUAR2062 Building Game Environment 3 1-1-1
BTech CUAR2063 Game Animation, Scripting & UI 3 1-1-1
Binary Deployment and Cross-
BTech CUAR2064 3 1-1-1
Platform Controls
BTech CUAR2065 Project 6 0-0-6
Internship &
minor project
BTech CUTM1905 Internship 2 0-0-2
BTech CUTM1906 Minor Project-I 2 0-0-2

230 | P a g e
BTech CUTM1577 Minor Project II 2 0-0-2
BTech CUTM2598 Minor Project-III 2 0-0-2
BTech CUTM1578 Summer Internship I 2 0-0-2
BTech CUTM1579 Summer Internship II 2 0-0-2

Elective Courses
Subject Code Subject Name Credit Type
BTech CUTM2583 Software Testing and Test Automation 4 2-2-0

231 | P a g e
 DOMAIN
CUTM MLCU2000 Data Science and Machine Learning 26 2+9+15
CUML2010 ML for Predictive Analysis 4 1+2+1
CUML2011 ML for Image Analytics 4 0+2+2
CUML 2009 Mathematics for ML 3 2+1+0
CUML 2008 IoT Analytics 4 0+2+2
CUML 2012 Digital video Processing 3 0+2+1
CUML2004 ML for Hyperspectral imaging 6 0+4+2
CUML2005 Internship 4 0+0+4
CUML2006 Project 4 0+0+4

Data Science and Machine Learning

Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite
MLCU2000 Data Science and Machine Learning
2-9-15 NIL

Course Objectives

 Understand the scope, stages, applications, effects and challenges of ML.

 Understand the mathematical relationships within and across ML algorithms and
the paradigms of supervised and unsupervised learning.
 Able to get jobs in AI/ML field

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes (High-3, Medium-2,
Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on design and implementation of
CO1 various machine learning algorithms in a range of real- PO1 (3)
world applications.
Able to analyze prediction and classification using
CO2 PO2(3)
different ML and deep learning methods
Ability to solve the real world problems using ML
CO3 PO2(3)
solutions in their respective fields of study.
CO4 Ability to design product PO3 (2), PO5(2)
CO5 Able to do research for publishing articles/ file patents. PO4 (3)

232 | P a g e
ML for Predictive Analysis (0+2+2)
https://careerfoundry.com/en/blog/data-analytics/regression-vs-classification/
Project/Task: (Choose two projects, Prediction and Classification)
Time Series Analysis
Health Care System

Concept Required:

3.1 Data pre-processing: -

 Accessing / collecting the datasets from different online repository.
 Missing values handling, noise reduction, finding Correlation between features, outlier
elimination.
 Label Encoding / Encoding the categorical data
 Splitting the dataset
 Data Normalization
3.2 Learning Algorithms: -
 Supervised Learning Algorithms
 Unsupervised Learning Algorithms
3.3 Feature extraction and selection: -
 Principal Component Analysis (PCA)
 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA)
 Different Feature Selection Techniques / Algorithms
3.4 Model building: -
 Regression (Linear, Polynomial, multiple, logistic), Decision Tree, Random Forest.
 Artificial Neural Network (Feed Forward Neural Network, Gradient Descent, Back
Propagation Neural Network).
 Convolutional Neural Network
 Other Pre-Trained Models
3.5 Performance measures: -
 Perdition: Root Mean Square Error (RMSE), Average Percentage Error (APE), Mean
Average Percentage Error (MAPE).
 Classification: Confusion Matrix (TN, TP, FP, FN), Sensitivity, Specificity, Gmean, F-
score, Overall Accuracy, (Receiver Operating Characteristic) ROC Curve. Area under
Curve (AUC)
3.6 Reading and Writing Research Articles

ML for Image Analytics (0-2-2)

Project/Task: (Choose one among six Tasks)

Detection of optometry diseases using retinal fundus imaging.

1. Diabetic Retinopathy
2. Glaucoma
3. Cataract
Detection of various diseases using X-ray imaging.
1. Covid19
Leaf disease classification using RGB images.

233 | P a g e
 1. Tomato leaf
2. Potato leaf

Concept Required:

Image Pre-processing:-
 Accessing individual pixels using matrix concept
 Image resize, grey scale conversion, Colour channel splitting
 Histogram equalisation (CLACH).

Image Feature Extraction: -

 Edge detection (Sobel, Canny), Morphological operations
 Image segmentation, Image Thresholding, Binary conversion
 Cluster based segmentation
 Feature extraction based on size, shape and colour
 Feature extraction using predefined functions: SIFT, SURF, STAR, ORB.
 Feature Extraction using convolutional neural network (CNN).

Creation of Feature Matrix by combining Extracted Features: -

 Matrix flattening, Horizontal stacking, Vertical stacking, padding.
 Splitting the feature matrix (training/testing) and labelling.

Classification algorithms: -
 Support vector machine (SVM)
 Different kernels of SVM (linear, polynomial, radial basis function).
 Gradient Boosting (GB)
 Multi-layer Perceptron (MLP), deep learning.

Mathematics for ML (2+1+0)

When Models Meet Data:-
 Data, Models, and Learning
 Empirical Risk Minimization
 Parameter Estimation
 Probabilistic Modelling and Inference
 Directed Graphical Models
 Model Selection

Linear Regression:-
 Problem Formulation
 Parameter Estimation
 Bayesian Linear Regression
 Maximum Likelihood as Orthogonal Projection

Dimensionality Reduction with Principal Component Analysis:-

 Problem Setting

234 | P a g e
  Maximum Variance Perspective
 Projection Perspective
 Eigenvector Computation and Low-Rank Approximations
 PCA in High Dimensions
 Key Steps of PCA in Practice
 Latent Variable Perspective

Density Estimation with Gaussian Mixture Models:-

 Gaussian Mixture Model
 Parameter Learning via Maximum Likelihood
 EM Algorithm
 Latent-Variable Perspective

Classification with Support Vector Machines:-

 Separating Hyperplanes
 Primal Support Vector Machine
 Dual Support Vector Machine
 Kernels
 Numerical Solution

Practice:
 Curve Fitting in Python.
 Exploratory Data Analysis in Python.
 Kernel Density Estimation in Python.
 Probability Distribution Function Plotting in Python.
 Cumulative Distribution Function Plotting in Python.
 Dimensionality Reduction and Feature Extraction in Python.

References:
1. Mathematics for Machine Learning by Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, Cheng
Soon Ong.
2. https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLLy_2iUCG87D1CXFxE-SxCFZUiJzQ3IvE

IoT Analytics (0+2+2)

Defining IoT Analytics and Challenges
IoT
Benefits of Deploying IoT
End to End IoT architecture
IoT challenges
IoT Protocols
1 Wireless Protocol
Connectivity Protocols (when Power is Limited)
Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)
Zigbee
LoRaWAN
NFC

235 | P a g e
 2 Connectivity Protocols (when Power is Not a problem)
Wifi
3 Data Communication Protocol
MQTT
Web-Socket
HTTP
2 Sensors
Types of Sensors based on communication-I2C, SPI
Types of Sensors based on Application
3 Overview of 32 -bit Controller
ESP8266
ESP32
Raspberry Pi
4 AWS IoT for Cloud
AWS IoT Core services
AWS IoT Analytics services
AWS DynamoDB Services
5 Thingspeak for IoT
Getting and posting Data to IoT Cloud using ESP devices
Posting Data to IoT Cloud using Raspberry Pi
6 ThingWorx for Industrial IoT
Building Dashboard on Thingworx platform
Binding the senor value to the dashboard

Text Book:

1. Minteer, Andrew. Analytics for the Internet of Things (IoT). Packt Publishing Ltd,
2017.

Reference Books:

1. Geng, Hwaiyu, ed. Internet of things and data analytics handbook. John Wiley & Sons,
2017.

Digital video Processing (0+2+1)

UNIT 1:

Fundamentals of Video Processing: Digital Video Acquisition, Principles of Color Video,

Video Camera, Video Display, Analog Vs Digital Video: Progressive Vs Interlaced scans,
Signal, Bandwidth Characterization of a Digital Video Signal.
Practice:
 Read and play video files
 Extract frames from video files
 Combine frames to create a video file

236 | P a g e
UNIT 2:

Fourier Analysis of Digital Video Signals: Spatial and Temporal resolution, Fourier Analysis
of Digital Video Signals, Spatial-Temporal Sampling: Temporal Frequency Response and
Flicker Perception. Spatial Frequency Response, Spatiotemporal Frequency Response, Smooth
Pursuit Eye Movement
Practice:
 Applying fourier transformation on video
 Time domain analysis
 Frequency domain Analysis

UNIT 3:

Digital Video Formats: Significance of Video Formatting, Data rate and bandwidth trade-off,
File Formats: MP4, MOV, WMV, AVCHD, FLV, AVI, WebM, MKV
Digital Video Compression Standards: Digital Video Compression Metrics, Digital Video
Storage Precisions, Significance of Video compression, Video Compression Codec’s: Motion
JPEG, JPEG 2000, H.264/MPEG-4 AVC, VP8, HEVC, H.265 High Efficiency Video Codec.
Practice:
 Conversion of video files from one format to another.
 Using Motion JPEG Codec
 Using MPEG-4 Codec
 Using H.265 Codec

UNIT 4:

Digital Video Editing Basics: Video Editing Types- Online, Offline, Linear, Non-linear,
Assemble, Insert, Rough-cut, Video Shot Transition Effects: Cut, Fade, Wipe, Dissolve, B-roll,
Video Shot Boundary Detection Methods: pixel differences, statistical differences, histogram
comparisons, edge differences and motion vectors. Video Shot Detection Performance
Metrics: ROC Curves, Recall, Precision, F-Measure
Practice:
 Video Shot Detection using pixel Difference
 Video Shot Detection using Histogram based methods
 Video Shot Detection using Edge based methods
 Video Shot Detection using Motion Vectors
Project List
1. Creating a VIDEO object detection system
2. Vehicle detection in Videos using OpenCV and Python
3. Detecting faces in live camera feed with identification of the person.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, “Digital Image Processing’’, Pearson

Education, 3rd Edition, 2009.
2. Handbook of Image and Video processing - Al Bovik (Alan C Bovik), Academic Press,
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Anil K. Jain, PHI, 1995.

237 | P a g e
 2. “Digital Image Processing”, William. K.Pratt, Wiley Interscience, 2nd Ed, 1991.

Ml for Hyperspectral imaging (0-4-2)

Project/Task: (Choose one among four Tasks)

Agriculture
1. Crop yield prediction.
2. Crop quality prediction
3. Soil health monitoring
Mining
1. Iron ore quality prediction

Concept Required:

Introduction to Remote Sensing: -

 Multi-Spectral Imagery (MSI)
 Hyperspectral Imagery (HSI)

Scientific Principles:
 Physics of imaging spectroscopy
 Electromagnetic propagation
 Sensor physics
 Atmospheric Corrections.

Hyperspectral Concepts and System Trade-offs:-

 Signal-to-Noise ratio (SNR)
 Spectral resolution, sampling.

HSI Data Processing Techniques:-

 Spectral angle mapping
 Principal Component Analysis (PCA)
 Minimum Noise Fraction (MNF)
 Spectral feature fitting.

Classification Techniques:-
 Support Vector Machine (SVM)
 Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR)
 Neural Network
 Deep learning and CNN
Clustering Techniques:-
 K-mean clustering

Project (0-0-4)

Internship (0-0-4)

238 | P a g e
 Software Technology
Code Course Title T-P-Pj (Credit) Prerequisite
 Java Technologies
Software  Advanced Web
CUST2010 0-9-11
Technology Programming
 DBMS

DOMAIN
CUTM STCU2010 Software Technology 20 0+9+11
CUST2010 Web Services Using JAVA 5 0+4+1
CUST2011 Advanced JAVA Programming 4 0+3+1
CUST2012 Web Programming Using React 3 0+2+1
CUST2013 Product Development 8 0+0+8

Course Objectives

 Develop knowledge-based force to serve the IT industry with the latest

technologies.
 To explore methods of capturing, specifying, visualizing and analyzing software
requirements.
 To learn and explore Spring Framework, Android, React, GIT.
 Able to get jobs in software industry

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on design and
CO1 PO1 (3), PO12(3)
implementation of various software applications
CO2 Develop skills to analyze, design, and prepare SRS PO2(3)
CO3 Ability to solve the real world problems PO2(3)
To design and develop web applications using
CO4 PO3 (2), PO5(2)
Spring, React and android applications
CO5 Able to do research for publishing articles. PO4 (1)

1. CUST2011: Advanced JAVA Programming (0-3-1) (75 hrs)

1.1 Understanding Web Architecture
1.2 Installation and configure java environment.
1.3 Understanding MVC Architecture
1.4 Create GIT repository for version control and teamwork
1.5 Create a web project and define a landing page.
1.6 Create controller using servlet in web project
1.7 Retrieve value from page in controller through the request parameter.

239 | P a g e
1.8 Establish Connection with database
1.9 Perform CRUD operation
1.10 Present data in JSP page using scriptlet, expression and action tag.
1.11 Declare method and variable in JSP page.
1.12 Transferring control from one resource to another using RequestDispatcher and
ResponseRedirect
1.13 Set and get values in ServletContex and ServletConfig parameter.
1.14 Set and get values in application, session and request attribute.
1.15 Perform session tracking.
1.16 Upload file to the server.
1.17 Working with JSTL

2. CUST2010: Web Services Using JAVA (0-4-1) (60 hrs)

2.1 Setting Spring environment
2.2 Understanding Maven and define POM
2.3 Create project using Spring and Understanding Spring Architecture
2.4 Setting bean in IOC container and understand Dependency Injection
2.5 Working with Spring AOP
2.6 Access data using JdbcTemplate; CRUD operation
2.7 Create Spring Boot projects using Spring Initializr
2.8 Implement DevTools for rapid application development
2.9 Implement application logs using application.properties
2.10 Implement Global Exception handling mechanism
2.11 Implement Security using Spring Boot
2.12 Configure Email in application.properties
2.13 Implement Testing using Spring Boot Test
2.14 Implement application monitoring using Actuator
2.15 Create Spring MVC project and define controller
2.16 Implement form handling using SpringMVC
2.17 Implement RESTful Web Service using GET Method
2.18 Implement RESTful Web Service using POST, PUT, DELETE and validations
2.19 Implement End to End testing using Spring Boot Testing - @AutoConfigureMockMvc
2.20 Handle cyclic dependency during JSON creation in Web Service
2.21 Understanding ORM and Hibernate
2.22 Hibernate Configuration using XML and annotation
2.23 Implement DML using Spring Data JPA on a single database table
2.24 Implement Query Methods feature of Spring Data JPA
2.24 Implement O/R Mapping using Spring Data JPA
2.25 Implement Hibernate Query Language (HQL) and Native Query
2.26 Explain the need and benefit of Criteria Query

CUST2012: Web Programming Using React (0-2-1) (45 hrs)

3.1 Configure the environment (install node and react), what is React? React version history,
Create React app and debug

240 | P a g e
Templating using JSX
3.2 Working with React. createElement, Expressions, using logical operators, specifying
attributes, Specifying children,
It’s all about components
3.3 Significance of component architecture, Types of components - Functional, Class based,
Pure, Component Composition
Working with state and props
3.4 What is state and its significance, read state and set state, passing data to component using
props
3.5 Validating props using propTypes, supplying default values to props using defaultProps
Rendering lists
3.6 Using React key prop, using map function to iterate on arrays to generate elements, Event
handling in React
3.7 Understanding React event system, Understanding Synthetic event, Passing arguments to
event handlers
Understanding Component Lifecycle & Working with Forms
3.8 Controlled components, Uncontrolled components, Understand the significance to
defaultValue prop, using react ref prop to get access to DOM element
Routing with React Router
3.9 Setting up react router, understand routing in single page applications, working with
BrowserRouter and HashRouter components, configuring route with Route component, Using
Switch component to define routing rules, making routes dynamic using route params
3.10 Working with nested routes, navigating to pages using Link and NavLink component,
Redirect routes using RedirectComponent, Using Prompt component to get consent of user for
navigation, Path less Route to handle failed matches
Just Redux
3.11 What is redux, why redux, Redux principles, Install and setup redux, Creating actions,
reducer and store
Immutable.js for immutable data structures
3.12 What is Immutable.js? Immutable collections, Lists, Maps, Sets
React Redux
Redux saga(Redux middleware)
3.13 What is React Redux, Why React Redux, Install and setup, Presentational vs Container
components
3.14 Understand high order component, Understanding mapStateToProps and
mapDispatchtToProps usage
3.15 Why redux middleware, Available redux middleware choices, What is redux saga, Install
and setup redux saga
3.16 Working with Saga helpers, Sagas vs promises

241 | P a g e
 4. CUST2013: Product Development (0-0-8) (45 hrs)
Text Books:

1. Craig Walls, Spring in Action, Fifth Edition

2. Keogh Jim, J2EE: The Complete Reference
3. Maximilian Schwarzmuller, React Key Concepts, Packt Publishing

Reference Books:

1. Kogent Learning, Java Server Programming Java Ee7 (J2EE 1.7), Black Book
2. Alef Arendsen, Professional Java Development with the Spring Framework
3. Anthony Onyekachukwu Okonta , React.js Design Patterns, BPB PUBN
http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/courses/software_technology/

242 | P a g e
 Cloud Technology
DOMAIN
CUTM CTCU2030 Cloud Technology 18 4--8--6
CUCT2030 AWS Solution Architect (SAA-CO2) 6 2+4+0
CUCT2031 AWS Developer (DVA-CO1) 6 2+4+0
CUCT2032 Project 6 0+0+6

Course Objectives

 To learn architectural principles and services of AWS

 Able to develop scalable and secure Cloud applications
 Get skills to use resources in Cloud
 Able to get jobs in various industries

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs (High-3,

COs Course Outcomes
Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on architectural
CO1 PO1 (3)
principles and services of AWS
Develop skills to analyze, design, and prepare
CO2 PO2(3)
resources in Cloud
CO3 Ability to solve the real world problems PO2(3)
Able to develop scalable and secure Cloud
CO4 PO3 (2), PO5(2)
applications

AWS Solution Architect (SAA-CO2)

Module I : Overview of AWS (10 Hrs)

On Premise Data Center , What is Cloud Computing, Cloud Computing Offerings - Public,
Private and Hybrid Cloud, AWS as the Public Cloud IaaS Leader, AWS Global Infrastructure
- Regions and Availability Zones, Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2) Foundation, Create your first
EC2 instance, VPC Components - Implied Router and Route Tables, Configuring VPC, IP
Addressing - Internet Gateway - Subnet Types, VPC - Network ACLs and Security Groups,
Configuring Security groups and NACL, VPC Security Scenarios - Applying Security Group
and NACLs, VPC - Network Address Translation – NAT
Practice:
 Launching an EC2 instance
 Configuring Security groups and NACL
 IP Addressing
 Subnetting

243 | P a g e
Module II: Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) (14 Hrs)

VPC Peering, Transit Gateway, VPC Virtual Private Networks (VPN), VPC Direct,
Implementing AWS Direct Connect, Connect Knowledge - Direct Connect Routing and Link
Aggregation Groups (LAGs), Hybrid Connectivity, AWS Direct Connect Gateway, AWS
Direct Connect Limits, AWS VPC, Creating a VPC, VPC Endpoints - Gateway Endpoint,
AWS VPC - VPC Gateway Endpoint, Configuring VPC gateway, Troubleshooting VPC
Endpoints and gateways, AWS VPC - VPC Interface Endpoint, Egress Only Internet Gateway
(for IPv6), VPC Flow log and DHCP Option Sets
Practice:
 Configuring VPC
 Troubleshooting EC2 and VPC
 Creating a VPC
 Implementing AWS Direct Connect
 Configuring VPC gateway
 Troubleshooting VPC Endpoints and gateways

Module III: Elastic Block Store, Elastic Network Interfaces (14 Hrs)

Elastic Block Store Types, EC2 Enhanced Networking and Placement Groups, EC2 Placement
Groups, EC2 Status Checks and Monitoring, EC2 Instance States, EC2 Instance Termination
and Termination Protection, EC2 Instance Metadata and User, EC2 Instance Launch Modes
VPC and EC2, Instance Tenancy Attribute, Elastic Compute Cloud - Elastic Network
Interfaces (ENIs, Elastic Network Interface (ENI) - IP Addressing, NAT instance
Source/Destination Check, Public IPv4 address auto assignment, Configring Elastic Block
Store, Monitoring and checking health of EC2 instances, Elastic Network Interface,
Troubleshooting ENI, Configuring and troubleshooting with EBS
Practice:
 Configuring Elastic Block Store
 Monitoring and checking health of EC2 instances
 Configuring and troubleshooting with EBS

Module IV: Elastic Load Balancer (10 Hrs)

Intoduction, How ELB works , ELB health checks, ELB Cross Zone Load Balancing, ELB
Positioning - Internet-facing vs Internal ELB, Refresher for TCP IP Packet flow, ELB -
Security Group and ELB - Network ACLs, ELB - Layer 4 TCP/SSL Listeners, ELB - Layer 7
HTTP/HTTPS Listeners, Attaching Elastic load bancer to instances, ELB Gealth check and
ELB Security groups, NACL configuration, troubleshooting ELB - Application and Network
Practice:
 Attaching Elastic load balancer to instances
 ELB Health check
 ELB Security groups
 NACL configuration
 Troubleshooting ELB - Application and Network

244 | P a g e
Module V: Auto Scaling, Simple Notification Service (10 Hrs)

Auto Scaling Components, Auto Scaling Features, Auto Scaling Availability Zone Rebalance
feature, Adding/Detaching EC2 instances to/from Auto Scaling Groups, Auto Scaling and
Elastic Load Balancing Service, Auto Scaling Health Checks, Simple Notification Service,
SNS Notifications & Merging Auto Scaling groups, Implementing Auto Scaling,
Troubleshooting Autoscaling with new EC2 instances
Practice:
 Implementing Auto Scaling
 Adding/Detaching EC2 instances to/from Auto Scaling Groups
 Auto Scaling health checks
 Simple Notification Service
 Troubleshooting Autoscaling with new EC2 instances

Module VI: AWS Elastic File System (EFS) (16 Hrs)

Introduction to the Service and Mount Targets, AWS EFS - Use Cases,Use in On Premise
Servers,Storage Classes, Pricing, AWS EFS - Data Encryption, EFS Data backup, EFS and
AWS Datasync, Monitoring EFS, AWS FSx for Windows File Server - Introduction,
Deployment options & Encryption, Amazon FSx - Data Protection, Backup/Restore, Access,
Monitoring and Security, Amazon FSx for Lustre, Amazon EFS vs FSx for Windows vs FSx
for Lustre, Creating Elastic File System, Monitoring EFS, Implementing Data Encryption,
Setting up AWS FSx Windows File Server
Practice:
 Creating Elastic File System
 Monitoring EFS
 Implementing Data Encryption
 Setting up AWS FSx Windows File Server

Module VII: Elastic Map Reduce (10 Hrs)

Amazon Elastic Map Reduce Introduction, AWS EMR - Clusters, Nodes, and deployment in
an AZ, Amazon Elasticache Introduction, Amazon ElastiCache - Caching Strategies, Amazon
Elasticache for Memcached, Amazon Elasticache for Redis, Amazon CloudFormation,
Implementing AWS EMR, Deployment in Availability Zone, Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon
Elasticache for Redis, Amazon CloudFormation
Practice:
 Implementing AWS EMR
 Deployment in Availability Zone
 Amazon ElastiCache
 Amazon Elasticache for Redis
 Amazon CloudFormation

Online
Resource: http://aws.amazon.com/training/awsacademy
http://aws.amazon.com/awseducate

245 | P a g e
AWS Developer
Module I: IAM and EC2 (14 Hrs)

IAM Introduction, IAM Hands-On, EC2, Connect to SSH using Linux / Mac and Windows
and Troubleshooting, Security Groups, Private vs Public vs Elastic IP, Configuring Webserver
- Apache and Tomcat, Elastic Network Interfaces
ELB and ASG: High Availability and Scalability, Elastic Load Balancing (ELB), Classic Load
Balancer (CLB), Application Load Balancer (ALB), Network Load Balancer (NLB), Elastic
Load Balancer - Cross Zone Load Balancing, Elastic Load Balancer - SSL Certificates, Elastic
Load Balancer - Connection Draining, Auto Scaling Groups - Scaling Policies
EBS and EFS: EBS Volume Types Deep Dive, EBS vs Instance Store
RDS ,Aurora and ElastiCache: AWS RDS Overview, RDS Read Replicas vs Multi AZ, RDS
Encryption and Security, Aurora, ElastiCache and its Strategies
Practice:
 Launching EC2 instance and Connect to SSH using Linux / Mac and Windows
 Configuring Webserver - Apache and Tomcat
 Implementing Elastic Load Balancing
 Configuring EBS volume
 Create database using AWS Aurora

Module II: Route53 (10 Hrs)

Route 53: EC2 Setup, Route 53 - TTL, CNAME vs Alias, Routing Policy - Simple, Weighted,
Latency Route 53 Health Checks, Routing Policy - Failover, Geolocation, Multi Value
VPC: VPC, Subnets, IGW and NAT, NACL, SG, VPC Flow Logs, VPC Peering, Endpoints,
VPN, DX, VPC Cheat Sheet & Closing Comments, Three Tier Architecture.
AWS CLI, SDK, IAM Roles & Policies: AWS CLI Setup, Configuration on Windows
and Linux, CLI Installation Troubleshooting, Using CLI - EC2, S3, IAM Roles and Policies,
AWS Policy Simulator, AWS CLI Dry RunAWS CLI STS Decode, AWS EC2 Instance
Metadata, AWS CLI Profiles, AWS CLI with MFA, AWS SDK, Exponential Backoff &
Service Limit Increase, AWS Credentials Provider & Chain, AWS Signature v4 Signing
Practice:
 Route 53
 Create Amazon VPC
 AWS CLI Setup and Configuration on Windows and Linux
 CLI Installation Troubleshooting
 AWS CLI with MFA and AWS SDK

Module III: AWS S3 (10 Hrs)

Amazon S3: Amazon S3 - S3 Buckets and Objects, S3 Versioning and Encryption, S3 Security
& Bucket Policies, S3 Consistency Model
S3 and Athena: S3 MFA Delete, S3 Default Encryption, S3 Access Logs, S3 Replication
(Cross Region and Same Region), S3 Pre-signed URLs, S3 Storage Tiers + Glacier, S3
Lifecycle Policies, S3 Performance, S3 & Glacier Select, S3 Event Notifications, Athena, S3
Lock Policies & Glacier Vault Lock

246 | P a g e
CloudFront: CloudFront - CloudFront Caching & Caching, CloudFront Security, CloudFront
Signed URL / Cookies
Practice:
 Creation of S3 bucket and uploading of objects to it
 S3 Versioning and Encryption
 S3 Replication and S3 glacier
 Application of CloudFront with S3

Module IV: AWS ECR (14 Hrs)

ECS, ECR, Fargate - Docker in AWS: ECS, What is Docker, ECS Clusters, ECS Task
Definition, ECS Service, ECS Service with Load Balancers, ECR, Fargate, ECS IAM Deep
Dive & Hands On, ECS Task Placement and Constraints, ECS Auto Scaling
Elastic Beanstalk: AWS Elastic Beanstalk, Beanstalk First Environment, Second
Environment, Beanstalk Deployment Modes, Beanstalk CLI and Deployment Process,
Beanstalk Lifecycle Policy
Beanstalk Extensions, Beanstalk & CloudFormation, Beanstalk Cloning, Beanstalk
Migrations, Beanstalk with Docker, Beanstalk Advanced Concepts, Code Commit, Code
Pipeline, Code Build in VPC, Code Deploy for EC2 and ASG, AWS Code Star
CloudFormation: AWS CloudFormation - Create Stack, Update and Delete Stack, YAML,
Resources, Parameters, Mappings, Outputs, Conditions, Conditions, Intrinsic Functions,
RollBacks, ChangeSets, Nested Stacks & StackSet
Practice:
 ECS Service with Load Balancers
 ECS Auto Scaling
 Elastic Beanstalk CLI and Deployment Process
 Applying Code Commit and Code Pipeline
 Implementing AWS CloudFormation

Module V: Monitoring and Audit (10 Hrs)

Monitoring and Audit: AWS Monitoring, AWS CloudWatch Metrics, Alarms and Logs,
CloudWatch Agent, Logs Metric Filters, CloudWatch Events, EventBridge Overview, X-Ray,
X-Ray: Instrumentation and Concepts, Sampling Rules, APIs, Beanstalk, AWS CloudTrail,
CloudTrail vs CloudWatch vs X-Ray
Integration and Messaging - SQS, SNS and Kinesis: AWS Integration & Messaging, AWS
SQS, Dead Letter Queue, SQS CLI, FIFO Queues, SQS Advanced, AWS SNS, AWS Kinesis,
KCL, Kinesis Security, Firehose and Analytics, SQS vs SNS vs Kinesis, Data Ordering for
Kinesis vs SQS FIFO
Practice:
 Monitoring and checking health of the resource
 Application of AWS X-Ray
 Messing using SNS and SQS
 Streaming of Data using AWS Kinesis

247 | P a g e
Module VI: Serverless Using Lambda (18 Hrs)

Serverless Using Lambda: AWS Lambda, Lambda Synchronous Invocations, Lambda &
Application Load Balancer, AWS Lambda@Edge, Lambda Asynchronous Invocations &
DLQ, Lambda & CloudWatch Events / Event Bridge, Lambda - S3 Event Notifications,
Lambda Event Source Mapping, Lambda Destinations, Lambda Permissions - IAM Roles &
Resource Policies, Lambda Monitoring & X-Ray Tracing, Lambda in VPC, Lambda Function
Performance, Lambda Concurrency, Lambda External Dependencies, Lambda and
CloudFormation, Lambda Layers, Versions and Aliases, CodeDeploy, Limits
Serverless using DynamoDB: DynamoDB - Throughput, Basic APIs, Indexes (GSI + LSI),
Optimistic Concurrency, DAX, Streams, TTL, CLI, DynamoDB Transactions, Session State,
Partitioning Strategies, Conditional Writes, Concurrent Writes & Atomic Writes, Patterns with
S3, Operations and Security
Serverless using API Gateway: API Gateway - API Gateway Stages and Deployment,
Canary Deployments, Integration Types & Mappings, Swagger & Open API, Caching, Usage
Plans & API Keys, Monitoring, Logging and Tracing, Authentication and Authorization, REST
API vs HTTP API vs WebSocket API
Serverless Application Model: SAM, Installing the SAM CLI, Creating first SAM Project,
Deploying SAM Project, API Gateway, DynamoDB, CloudFormation Designer and
Application Repository, Policy Templates, CodeDeploy
Practice:
 Creating AWS lambda functions
 Lambda Permissions - IAM Roles & Resource Policies
 Creating and Maintaining database using DynamoDB
 API Gateway configuration
 Deploying Serverless Application

Module VII: AWS cognito (08 Hrs)

Cognito: Cognito, User Pools, Identity Pools, Cognito User Pools vs Cognito Identity Pools,
Sync
Security and Encryption: AWS Security, Encryption 101, KMS, KMS using CLI, KMS
Encryption Patterns and Envelope Encryption, Limits, S3 Security Advanced, SSM Parameter
Store Overview, Secrets Manager, SSM Parameter Store vs Secrets Manager, CloudWatch
Logs Encryption, CodeBuild Security
Practice:
 Implementation of AWS Cognito
 AWS Key Management Service
 Key Management Service Encryption Patterns
Online
Resource: http://aws.amazon.com/training/awsacademy
http://aws.amazon.com/awseducate

Project
 Locally Debug a Serverless App
 Build a Serverless Web Application
 Design a database for a mobile app with Amazon DynamoDB

248 | P a g e
  Create a Load Balanced WordPress website
 Building serverless applications
 Add Voice to Your WordPress Site
 Deploy a Python Web App
 Migrate a Git Repository to AWS
 Build a Drupal Website
 Build a Modern Application
 Build, Train, and Deploy a Machine Learning Model
 Handle Errors in Serverless Applications
 Create and Manage a Nonrelational Database
 Launch and Configure a LAMP Website
 Deploy and Host a ReactJS App
 Set Up a Compliant Archive
 Host a Static Website
 Launch a Linux Virtual Machine
 Launch a WordPress Website
 Remotely Run Commands on an EC2 Instance
 Launch a Windows Virtual Machine
 Create and Query a NoSQL Table
 Introduction to Deep Learning
 Train a Deep Learning model
 Create a machine learning model automatically with Amazon SageMaker Autopilot
 Setting up a Document Database With Amazon DocumentDB (with MongoDB
compatibility) and AWS Cloud9
 Detect, Analyze, and Compare Faces
 Create an AWS DeepLens Project
 Provision Desktops in the Cloud
 Publish Amazon SNS Messages Privately
 Deploy WordPress with Amazon RDS
 Create and Manage a Nonrelational Database
 Create an Audio Transcript
Gate Process for Project
Gate 0: Planning
Gate 1: Analysis
Gate 2: Design
Gate 3: Implementation
Gate 4: Testing
Gate 5: Deployment

Course Outline Prepared by: Prof. K.V. Kalyan/ Prof. Raj Kumar Mohanta

Courseware link: http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/courses/domain-cloud-domain/

249 | P a g e
 Cyber Security
DOMAIN
CUTM Cyber Security 20 6+10+4
CUCS2045 Linux Server Management and Security 4 2-2-0
CUCS2046 Advanced Hacking Techniques 4 2-2-0
CUCS2047 IT Networking and Network Security 4 2-2-0
CUCS2048 Vulnerability Assessment & Penetration Testing 4 0-0-4
CUCS2049 Project 4 0-0-4

Course Objectives

 Develop skills to manage a Linux server and provide basic security to the server
 Master hacking methodology to be used in penetration testing
 Good understanding on network infrastructure and identify points of vulnerability
in networks
 Hands on experience on various tools & techniques of vulnerability assessment &
penetration testing used in Linux and shall pursue a career in penetration testing
domain
 Able to get job in the field of cyber security

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with

COs Course Outcomes POs (High-3,
Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on the various ways through which
CO1 hackers’ attempts to compromise an Application, Service, PO1 (3)
Desktop or a server and its countermeasures
Analyse and perform different type of attack and find the
CO2 PO2(3)
vulnerabilities
Identify some of the problems driving the need for network
CO3 PO2(3)
security
Able to design client and server side configuration of
CO4 different services, build networks and subnets, configure PO3 (3), PO5(1)
network devices for switching and routing etc.

1. CUCS2045 - Linux Server Management and Security (50 HRs)

1.1 Access the command line, Recovery of the root user password
1.2 Managing files from the command line
1.3 Creating, Viewing, and Editing Text Files
1.4 Managing Local Linux Users and Groups
1.5 Linux File System Permissions
1.6 Monitoring and Managing Linux Processes
1.7 Archiving and Copying Files Between Systems
1.8 Installing and Updating Software Packages
250 | P a g e
1.9 Accessing Linux File Systems
1.10 Linux Networking
1.11 Analyzing and Storing Logs
1.12 Configuring and Securing OpenSSH Service
1.13 Using Regular Expressions with grep
1.14 Scheduling Future Linux Tasks
1.15 ACLs
1.16 SELinux Security
1.17 Adding Disks, Partitions, and File Systems to a Linux System
1.18 Managing Logical Volume Management (LVM) Storage
1.19 Boot Process
1.20 Managing different services using systemctl
1.21 Planning and Configuring Security Updates
1.22 Basics of System Auditing
1.23 Security guidelines during installation
1.24 Configuring firewalld
1.25 Compliance Policy and Vulnerability Scanning With OPENSCAP

2. CUCS2046 -Advanced Hacking Techniques (56 HRs)

2.1 What is zero day vulnerability and how it works.
2.2 Replay attack, pass the hash
2.3 Hijacking, Clickjacking, Session hijacking, URL hijacking
2.4 Typo squatting, Manipulating Driver, Shimming
2.5 Refactoring, Pivot, Initial exploitation, Persistence
2.6 Techniques of Penetration Testing, vulnerability scanning
2.7 Passively test Security Controls
2.8 Identifying vulnerability, lack of security control, common misconfigurations
2.9 Intrusive vs non intrusive, Credentialed vs non- credentialed, False positive
2.10Security using Firewall, ACL, Application based vs network based
2.11 Stateful vs Stateless, Implicit deny
2.12 Remote access vs site-to-site
2.13 IPSec, Tunnel mode, Transport mode, AH, ESP
2.14 Split tunnel vs full tunnel, TLS, Always-on VPN
2.15 HIDS/HIPS,Antivirus
2.16 File integrity check, Host based firewall
2.17 Application whitelisting, Removable media control
2.18 Advanced malware tools,Patch management tools
2.19 Data execution prevention, web application firewall
2.20 Network Segmentation, Blackholes, Sinkholes, and Honeypots
2.21 System Hardening
2.22 Google Dork
2.23 Proxy
2.24, Password Guessing
2.25 Browser Password Hacking
2.26 Application Password Hacking
2.27 OS Password Hacking

251 | P a g e
2.28 Server Password Hacking

3. CUCS2047 - IT Networking and Network Security (54 Hrs)

3.1 Network Fundamentals
3.2 OSI model
3.3 TCP/IP protocol suite
3.4 IP addressing- IPv4
3.5 IP addressing- IPv6
3.6 Subnetting
3.7 Wireshark
3.8 Packet capturing
3.9 Analysis of packet
3.10 DHCP
3.11 DNS
3.12 IP configuration
3.13 WAN connectivity
3.14 Authentication
3.15 Basic switching
3.16 Static routing
3.17 Dynamic routing
3.18 VLAN
3.19 IPSec
3.20 ACL
3.21 Firewall
3.22 SSL
3.23 VPN
3.24 NAT
3.25, AAA

4. CUCS2048 - Vulnerability Assessment & Penetration Testing (44 HRs)

4.1 To gain knowledge about how VAPT works, as well as network security protocols,
devices, and controls.
4.2 Initiate and manage incidents, as well as do penetration testing.
4.3 Comprehend packet sniffing techniques.
4.4 Learn about network penetration testing models and procedures, security analysis
4.5 scanning and its types(network, port and vulnerability scanning)
4.6 Nmap and live scanning on ports and networks
4.7 Netcat usage on TCP/UDP ports
4.8 Wireshark basics and capturing data
4.9 NFS ,SMB ,SMTP enumeration
4.10 Vulnerability scanning overview
4.11 Different types of vulnerability scanning
4.12 Nessus installation and configuration
4.13 Vulnerability scanning with Nessus
4.14 Web application assessment with nikto, burp suite and Vega
4.15 Vulnerability analysis with Metasploit framework

252 | P a g e
4.16 Application security testing using acunetix
4.17 OWASP mobile vulnearibility
4.18 Tools for Mobile application vulnearibility
4.19 Identify and mitigate security issues using Microsoft TMT
4.20 Automated software testing using VAF tool
4.21 password security auditing and password recovery using John the Ripper
4.22 Penetration testing using BeEF tool

Text Books:

1. Soyinka Wale, Linux Administration A Beginners Guide ,Mcgrawhill HED, Sixth

Edition
2. Jon Erickson , Hacking: The Art of Exploitation, No Starch Press, US, Second Edition
3. CCNA - Routing And Switching Study Guide by Todd Lammle

Reference Books:

1. Patrick Engebretson,, The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing: Ethical

Hacking and Penetration, Syngress Media,U.S, Second Edition
2. Designing Storage Area Networks – Second Edition – Tom Clark
3. http://ptac.ed.gov/sites/default/files/issue-brief-threats-to-your-data.pdf

Sample Project

1. Password Security
2. System Auditing
2. Website vulnerabilities and counter measures
3. Secure application development

Course outline Prepared by: Suvendu Kumar Nayak Date:02-07-2022

Courseware Link: http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/courses/domain-track-cyber-security/

253 | P a g e
 Gaming and Immersive Learning (AR & VR)
DOMAIN
CUTM ARCU2060 Gaming and Immersive Learning (AR & VR) 20 5+5+14
CUAR2060 Introduction to Gaming & Simulation 2 1+1+0
CUAR2061 Game Assets & Game Objects 3 1+1+1
CUAR2062 Building Game Environment 3 1+1+1
CUAR2063 Game Animation, Scripting & UI 3 1+1+1
CUAR2064 Binary Deployment and Cross-Platform Controls 3 1+1+1
CUAR2065 Project 10 0+0+10

Course Objectives

 Students will know about the History of Computer Graphics

 Know about Gaming Industry and get a job in AR/VR field
 Understanding of Individual Roles in a Gaming Industry
 End to End Game Development skill

Course Outcomes

COs Course Outcomes Mapping COs with

POs (High-3, Medium-
2, Low-1)
CO1 Able to gain knowledge on game Assets Development, PO1 (3)
efficient Import/ Export of assets for Games.
CO2 Able to design Animation in Games, User Interface, PO3 (3), PO5(3)
Cross-Platform Support of a Game, Technical and
Specification Document of a Game etc

1. Introduction to Gaming & Simulation

Module I: Welcome to Game Engine (2+2.5)

Importance of Storyboarding a Game Idea, The Economics of Game Development,

Assessing Game Markets and Platforms, Marketing Methods for Games, Monetizing Games
and Upgrades.

Module II: Introduction to Game Production (1)

Video Game Platforms and Genres, Describing the Game Production Pipeline, Game
Development Jobs and Roles, The Game Design Document, The Technical Design Document,
Getting Started in Unity, Creating a New Unity Project, Using the Unity Asset Store, Source
Control for Working in Team.

254 | P a g e
Module III: The Game Engine User Interface (2+2)

Introduction to the Unity Editor Interface, Analyzing the Unity Editor User Interface, Utilizing
the Unity Editor User Interface, Navigating the Scene View Window, Utilizing the Game View
Window, Navigating the Hierarchy Window, Using the Inspector Window, Managing Assets
in the Project Window, Searching and Filtering in the Project Window, Organizing the Scene
with Layers.

Module IV: Using Game objects and assets (1+2)

Creating and Modifying Game Objects, Defining Unity Editor Units, Describing Assets in the
Production Pipeline, Review: Defining an Asset, Organizing Assets in the Unity Editor,
Defining a Game Object.

Module V: Defining a Game Object (2+2)

Creating Unity-native Game Objects, Manipulating Game Objects in the Unity Editor,
Describing What is a Unity-native Game Object, The Role of Components in the Unity Editor,
Defining Prefabs and Scene Structure, Defining the Role of the Prefab in Unity, Creating and
Saving a Scene.

Module VI: The Hierarchy of Scenes within a Game (1+2)

Importing Assets into a Project, Importing and Configuring a 3D Model, Importing Textures
for Use in Materials, Importing FBX Files with Animation, Working with Sprites, Introduction
to Sprites in Game Development.

Module VII: Managing Projects and Assets (1+2)

Project Management in Unity, Introduction to Game Project Management, Managing Assets,

Using the Unity Asset Store (Reprise), Importing Offline Content, Creating Project Structure
Based on Assets, Sorting the Zombie Toys Prop Model Assets, Setting Resolution and Type of
Texture Files.

2. Game Assets and Objects

Module I: Preparing Assets for implementation (1+2.5)

Best Practices in 3D Content Creation, Modelling for Games, Animating for Games,
UV Mapping and Texturing Techniques, and Exporting to Unity, Importing into Unity,
Materials in Unity, The Interaction of Lighting and Materials.

Module II: Discovering the Standard Shader in Unity (1+2)

Exploring other Material Types, Analyzing the Benefits of Customer Shaders, Creating the
Materials for Zombie Toys Props, Duplicating and Modifying Materials, Case Studies in
Material Creation, Managing and Using Textures in the Unity Editor, Texturing for Game
Development, Optimization and Reuse of Textures.

255 | P a g e
Module III: Assembling the Game Level (2+2)

Branching and Hierarchies, Creating Hierarchies in Unity, Using Empty Game Objects as
Pivots, Introduction to Physics in Unity, Understanding the Physics System in Unity,
Introduction to the Rigid body Component.

Module IV: Introduction to Colliders (1+2)

Creating the Colliders for Zombie Toys Props, Introduction to Game Level Design,
Introduction to Game Level Design, The Level Design in Zombie Toys, Placing Objects in a
Scene, Importing the Prop Prefabs into the Scene, Cloning the Stars, Creating the Level
Boundaries.

Module V: Lighting in Games (1+2)

Introduction to Game Lighting, Introduction to Game Lighting, Differences in Lighting for

Games and for Film, Placing and Adjusting Lights in a Scene, Analyzing the Different Lights
and Properties, Light Types and Behaviors, Using Layers to Exclude Objects from Lighting,
Casting and Modifying Shadows, Mesh Renderer Attributes for Shadows.

Module VI: Differentiating Shadow Types (1+2)

Creating Cookies to Shape Lights, Faking Shadows for Better Performance, Benefits of Faking
Shadows in Games, Utilizing Painted Shadows, Using Projectors to Project Shadow Cookies,
Lighting the Zombie Toys Game, Lighting the Zombie Toys Scene, Lighting Variations for
Changing the Mood.

Module VII: Baking Lighting in Game Production (1+2)

Light Baking in Video Games, Introduction to Light Baking in Video Games, Setting Objects
to Participate in Light Baking, Marking Objects as Static for Light Baking, Creating UV
Coordinates for Light Baking, Baking Lighting, Continuous and Manual Light Baking, Placing
Light Probes for Moving Objects, Creating Reflection Probes, Baking the Lighting in Zombie
Toys, Creating the Light Probes in Zombie Toys.

3. Building Game Environment

Module I: Building the Player and Allies (2+2)

Creating a Player Controller, Examining Why to Use a Custom Controller, Creating the
Player Controller Game Object, Adding a Game Manager, Explaining the, Purpose of the Game
Manager, Making the Controller Functional, Adding Scripts for Behaviour, Configuring the
Camera, Creating the Sheep Ally, Building the Sheep Ally From a Model, Creating the Dog
Ally, Building the Dog Ally From a Model.

Module II: Building the Enemies (2+2)

Creating an Enemy, Designing the Enemy Behaviours, Creating the First Enemy Character,
Creating the Enemy Animator Controller, Creating Additional Enemies, Creating the Zombear

256 | P a g e
Enemy, Creating the Zombie Duck Enemy, Creating the Other Enemies, Integrating Enemies
into the Game, Placing the Spawn Points, Spawning the Enemies.

Module III: Introduction to Unity’s Particle System (1+1)

Analyzing Existing Particle Effects, Setting Up the Interface for Effects, Case Study:
Developing the Lightning Attack, Overview of the Lightning Attack, Building the Lightning
Attack Hit, Building the Lightning, Attack Emitter, Building the Lightning Bolt, Integrating
the Lightning Attack into the Game.

Module IV: Creating Particle Systems (1+2)

Intro to the Particle Systems in the Unity Editor, Examples of Unity Particles in Video Games,
the Role of the Effects Artist in Video Games, Comparing Game Effects with Other Media,
And Production Best Practices for Particle Systems.

Module V: Case Study (1+2)

Developing the Frost Attack, Introduction to the Frost Attack, Building the Frost Debuff,
Building the, Frost Attack Emitter, Building the Frost Cone Effect, Integrating the Frost Attack
into the Game, Case, Study: Developing the Stink Bomb Attack, Introduction to the Stink
Bomb Attack, Creating the Stink Bomb Hit Effect.

Module VI: Case Study (1+2)

Developing the Slime Attack, Introduction to the Slime Attack, Creating the Slime Hit Effect,
Creating the Slime Debuff, Creating the Slime Attack Reticle, Building the Slime Attack
Emitter, Building the Slime Projectile, Integrating the Slime Attack into the Game, Finalizing
Player Attacks, Adding the Ally Manager.

Module VII: Adding Audio to Game Levels (1+2.5)

Introduction to Audio in Game Development, Introduction to Audio in Game Development,

Importing Audio into Unity, Introduction to Importing Audio in Unity, Supported Audio
Formats in Unity, Playing Audio in the Unity Editor, , Testing Audio Sources in the Scene,
Mixing Audio in Unity, Using Audio Mixers and Audio Mixer Groups, Setting up the Zombie
Toys Audio Mixers, Creating Audio Effects, Introduction to Audio Effects.

4. Game Animation, Scripting & UI

Module I: Animating Game Objects in the Unity Editor (1+2)

Introduction to Animation in Game Development, Introduction to Animation in Game

Development, Animating in the Unity Editor, Creating Animation in the Unity Editor, Refining
Animation in the Unity Editor.

257 | P a g e
Module II: Bringing Animation into the Game (1+2)

Importing Animated Characters, Introduction to Rigging and Imported Animation,

Recognizing Asset Data when Importing, Differentiating Available Rig Animation Types.

Module III: Animation Creation and Controlling (1+2)

Creating and Naming AnimationClips, Creating an Animator Controller, Introduction to the

Animator Controller, Creating and Modifying Animation States, Creating Parameters to
Control Transitions, Creating an Animator Override Controller.

Module IV: Scripting in Game Development (2+2.5)

Intro to Scripting in Game Development, Intro to Scripting in Game Development, Creating

Scripts in Unity, Creating and Saving a Script in Unity, Analysing the Default, Script Methods,
Scripting Primer and Best Practices, Attaching a Script to a Game Object. Declaring Variables,
List of Variable Types, Creating Conditions in Scripting, Introduction to Conditions, The “if’
Condition, The “if else” Condition, Complex Conditions, Looping.

Module V: Designing User Interfaces for Games (1+2)

Introduction to Designing the User Interface, Assessing User Interface Design Needs,
Examining the UI Tools in the Unity Editor, Creating a User Interface, Investigating the Canvas
Functionality, Utilizing the Power of the Rect Transform, Creating a UI Button, Creating a UI
Image, Creating UI Text, Creating Interaction in the UI with Events.

Module VI: Introduction to Looping (1+2)

The “while” Loop, The “for” Loop, Creating Custom Methods, The Benefits of Using Custom
Methods, Utilizing Arguments, Utilizing Method Return Types, Coroutines, Introduction to
Coroutines, Accessing Components via Script, Utilizing the GetComponent() Function,
Common Code Cases, Common Pieces of Zombie Toys Code..

Module VII: Implementing Navigation and Path Finding (1+2)

Introduction to Navigation and Path Finding, Introduction to Navigation in Unity, Describing

a NavMesh, Defining a NavMesh Agent, Describing a NavMesh Obstacle.

5. Binary Deployment and Cross-Platform Controls

Module I: Building the Camera and Player Selection System (1+3)

Intro to the Camera and Player Selection Behaviours, Analyzing the Player Selection System.

Module II: Creating another Player Option (2+2.5)

Making the Player Selectable, Adding Another Player, Finalizing the Camera.

258 | P a g e
Module III: Adding Camera Animations (2+2)

Configuring the Camera Animator Controller, Applying Behaviour to the Camera, Adding
Character Selection Spotlights.

Module IV: Building and Deploying the Game (1+1)

Building the Game, Introduction to the Build Process, Adjusting the Player Settings, Building
the Game.

Module V: Protecting Your Creation (1)

Legal Considerations for Your Game, Unity Services, Unlocking the Unity Platform Potential,
Surveying Unity Services

Module VI: Understanding of Cross-Platform Inputs (1+2)

Different Input types like, Mobile, WebGL, OpenVR & other unity supported platforms.

Module VII: Preparing for Mobile Deployment (2+2)

Modifying Zombie Toys for Mobile, Introduction to Mobile Development in Unity. Changing
the Build Platform to Mobile, Adding the Mobile Interface UI, Implementing Mobile Input
Behaviors.

Text Books:

1) Jared Halpern, Developing 2D Games with Unity: Independent Game Programming with
C#, Apress, Final Edition
2) Jon Manning, Paris Buttfield-Addison, and Tim Nugent, Unity Game Development
Cookbook: Essentials for Every Game, O’Reilly Media, Inc.
3) Reference Books:
4) Jason Gregory, Game Engine Architecture, CRC Press, Third Edition
5) Linowes Jonathan, Unity Virtual Reality Projects, Packt, Second Edition

Course outline Prepared by: Abhi Mitra Date: July 6, 2020

Source of reference: UCA Courseware.

Note: 1 credit theory=10 hrs lecture, 1 credit practice/project=12.5 hrs lab/workshop/field

work in a semester

259 | P a g e
 Basket V(Elective)

Software Testing and Test Automation

Course Title Code Type of Course T-P-PJ Prerequisite

Testing and Test Theory+

2-2-0 Nil
Automation Practice

Course Objectives:

● Develop methods and procedures for software development that can scale up for
large systems and that can be used to consistently produce high-quality software at
low cost and with a small cycle time
● Students will learn how to use available resources to develop software, reduce cost
of software and how to maintain quality of software methods and tools of testing and
maintenance of software’s
● Students will get employability on software testing

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs

COs Course Outcomes
(High-3, Medium-2, Low-1)
Able to gain knowledge on modern
software testing processes in relation to
CO1 PO1 (3), PO12(3)
software development and project
management
Contribute to efficient delivery of
software solutions and implement
improvements of various problems in the
CO2 PO2(3)
software development processes. It
stimulate analytical skill and critical
thinking among students
CO3 Ability to solve the real world problems PO2(3)
To create and design test strategies and
CO4 plans, design test cases, prioritize and PO3 (2), PO5(2)
execute them

260 | P a g e
Module I: Introduction to Software Engineering (8 Hours)

Evolving of software engineering, Software requirements, Requirement engineering process:

feasibility studies, requirements elicitation and analysis, requirements validation, requirements
management. Process models: waterfall model, incremental process models, evolutionary
process models, the unified process. System models: context models, behavioral models, data
models, object models, structured methods.

Module II: System Design (8 Hours)

Software architecture, Data design, Architectural styles and patterns, Architectural design,
SDLC, Conceptual model of UML, Basic structural modeling, Class diagrams, Sequence
diagrams, Collaboration diagrams, Use case diagrams, Component diagrams, Design scenario
and case studies. Test case examples.

Module III: Testing (8 Hours)

A strategic approach to software testing, Software testing life-cycle (STLC), Test scenario,
Test execution, Bug tracking. Quality management: Statistical software quality assurance,
Software reliability. Basics of manual testing: Concepts, Types, Tools, Automation testing Vs
Manual testing, Unit testing, Integration testing, System testing, Black-box and white-box
testing, Validation testing, Sanity Vs Smoke Testing, Regression Testing and Functional and
non-functional Testing.

Module IV: Selenium - Web Testing (10 Hours)

Web Application Testing, Cross-browser Testing, Test Case Management: Sample Test Case
Template, Requirements Traceability Matrix (RTM) - Test Coverage ,Test Data Management,
Automation Testing using Selenium: Introduction to Selenium, Basics of Selenium
Automation Testing, Selenium Web Driver and its contrast operation with RC, Web Driver
Basics : First Selenium Web Driver Script: JAVA Code Example, Locators in Selenium IDE:
CSS Selector, DOM, XPath, Link Text, ID, Find Element and Find Elements in Selenium Web
Driver, Selenium Form Web Element: TextBox, Submit Button, sendkeys(), click()

Module V: Selenium - Web Driver Essentials (8 Hours)

How to Select Check Box and Radio Button in Selenium Web Driver, How to Click on Image
in Selenium Webdriver, How to Select Value from Drop Down using Selenium Webdriver,
Locate Elements by Link Text & Partial Link Text in Selenium Webdriver, Mouse Click &
Keyboard Event: Action Class in Selenium Webdriver

Module VI: Selenium - File Handling Essentials (8 Hours)

How to Upload & Download a File using Selenium Webdriver, XPath in Selenium WebDriver:
Alert & Popup Window Handling in Selenium WebDriver, How to Handle Web Table in
Selenium WebDriver, Handling Dynamic Web Tables Using Selenium WebDriver, Desired
Capabilities in Selenium WebDriver, How to Verify Tooltip using Selenium WebDriver, How
to Find All/Broken links using Selenium Webdriver, Gecko (Marionette) Driver Selenium:
Download, Install, Use with Firefox

261 | P a g e
Module VII: selenium - Testing (10 Hours)

TestNGl: Annotations, Framework, Examples in Selenium, TestNG Groups: Include, Exclude

with Example, TestNG @Test Priority in Selenium, Parallel Execution in Selenium: Session
Handling & TestNG Dependency, TestNG: How to Run Multiple Test Suites in Selenium,
TestNG Listeners in Selenium: ITestListener & ITestResult Example, How to Execute Failed
Test Cases in TestNG: Selenium WebDriver, TestNG Report Generation in Selenium
WebDriver, Customize, PDF & Email TestNG Reports in Selenium WebDriver

Online Source (active on 25th June 2019):

1. https://s1.demo.opensourcecms.com/wordpress/
2. https://book.theautomatedtester.co.uk/

262 | P a g e
 POWER SYSTEM OPERATION & CONTROL
Code Course Title (Credit) T-P-PJ
POWER SYSTEM OPERATION &
CUTM2582 3 2-1-0
CONTROL

Course Objectives

 To learn the basic control technique involved in power system operation

 To provide a solid foundation in mathematical and engineering fundamentals
required to control the governing system in turbine models

Course Outcomes

Mapping COs with POs (High-

Cos Course Outcomes
3, Medium-2, Low-1)

Able to gain knowledge on

CO1 Economic operation of power system PO1 ( 3), PO2 (2)
and importance of LFC power plans.
Able to identify and resolve the
CO2 problems on Load frequency control PO2(3),
of power system.
Use of software/design tools for
CO3 operation of power system and PO3(3)
control.

Module – I [7 Hours]

Fundamentals of Power System:

Introduction, Single Subscript Notation, Double Subscript Notation, Power in Single Phase AC
Circuit, Complex Power, The Power Triangle, Direction of Power Flow, Voltage and Current
in Balanced Three Phase Circuits, Power in Balanced Three Phase Circuits, PerUnit Quantities,
Changing the Base in Per- Unit Quantities, Node Equations, The Single Line or One Line
Diagram, Impedance and Reactance Diagrams. The Admittance Models & Network
Calculations Branch and Node Admittances, Mutually Coupled Branches in Ybus, an
Equivalent Admittance Network, Modification of Ybus, the Network Incidence Matrix and
Ybus.

Module – II [7 Hours]

Power Flow Solutions

The Power-Flow Problem, the Gauss-Seidal Method, the Newton-Raphson Method, the
Newton-Raphson Method, Power-Flow Studies in System Design and Operation, Regulating
Transformers, the Decoupled Method. Power system structure: Power factor correction, three

263 | P a g e
phase loads, delta to star transformation: advanced topics as decided by the concerned faculty
teaching the subject.

Module – III [7 Hours]

Economic Operation of Power System

Distribution of Load between Units within a Plant, Distribution of Load between Plants, The
Transmission-Loss Equation, An interpretation of Transformation C, Classical Economic
Dispatch with Losses, Automatic Generation Control, Unit Commitment, Solving the Unit
Commitment Problems.

Module – IV [7 Hours]

Load Frequency Control, Control Area Concept

Automatic Load-Frequency Control of Single Area Systems: Speed-Governing System,
Hydraulic Valve Actuator, Turbine-Generator Response, Static Performance of Speed
Governor, Closing the ALFC Loop, Concept of Control Area, Static Response of Primary
ALFC Loop, Dynamic Response of ALFC Loop, Physical Interpretation of Results, The
Secondary (“Reset”) ALFC Loop, Economic Dispatch Control, Load frequency control.

Module – V [6 Hours]

Two Area Systems

ALFC of Multi-Control-Area Systems (Pool Operation): The Two Area Systems, Modelling
the Tie-Line, Block Diagram Representation of Two Area System, Mechanical Analog of Two
Area System, Dynamic Response of Two Area System, Static System Response, Tie-Line Bias
Control of Multi-Area Systems. Tie line bias control

Module- VI [6 Hours]

Power System Stability

The Stability Problem, Rotor Dynamics and the Swing Equation, Further Considerations of the
Swing Equations, The Power-Angle Equation, Synchronizing Power Coefficients, Equal Area
Criterion for Stability, Further Applications of the Equal-Area Criterion, Multi-machine
Stability Studies: Classical Representation, Step-By-Step Solution of the Swing Curve,
Computer Programs for Transient Stability Studies, Factors Affecting Transient Stability.
Synchronous machine, Steady state stability, Transient Stability:

HARDWARE BASED
1. To determine negative and zero sequence synchronous reactance of an alternator.
2. To determine sub-transient direct axis and sub-transient quadrature axis synchronous
reactance of a 3-ph salient pole alternator.
3. To determine fault current for L-G, L-L, L-L-G and L-L-L faults at the terminals of an
alternator at very low excitation.
4. To study the IDMT over-current relay and with different plug setting and time setting
multipliers and plot its time – current characteristics.
5. To determine the operating characteristics of biased different relay with different % of
biasing.

264 | P a g e
6. To determine location of fault in a cable using cable fault locator.

SIMULATION BASED (USING MATLAB OR ANY OTHER

SOFTWARE)
1. To obtain steady-state, transient and sub-transient short-circuit currents in an alternator.
2. To formulate the Y-Bus matrix and perform load flow analysis.
3. To compute voltage, current, power factor, regulation and efficiency at the receiving end of
a three phase Transmission line when the voltage and power at the sending end are given. Use
П model.
4. To perform symmetrical fault analysis in a power system.
5. To perform unsymmetrical fault analysis in a power system.
6. Write a program in language to solve economic dispatch problem of a power system with
only thermal units. Take production cost function as quadratic and neglect transmission loss.
REFERENCE:
1. Chakrabarti & Haldar, “Power System Analysis: Operation and Control”, Prentice Hall of
India, 2004 Edition.
2. C.L. Wadhwa, ‘Power System Analysis, New Age International- 6th Edition, 2010,
3. Robert Miller, James Malinowski, ‘Power System Operation’, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, New Delhi, 3E, JUN-09.
4. P. Kundur, Neal J. Balu, ‘Power System Stability & Control’, IEEE, 1998. 5. Power System
Analysis by Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition.
5. https://ch.mathworks.com/solutions/power-system-analysis-and-design.html
6. https://ch.mathworks.com/solutions/utilities-energy/power-system-studies.html

265 | P a g e